Agenda packet — La Puente City Council, July 14, 2026 (part 1 of 3)

CITY OF LA PUENTE

CITY COUNCIL MEETINGS
How to Listen Live to the Meeting
Live Audio/Video: Visit the City's website at https://lapuente.org/agenda/. Under the Agenda and Minutes portal, click the video camera icon next to the current meeting to listen live.

Spanish Translation/Interpretation Services:

Live Spanish translation is available through Wordly at https://attend.wordly.ai/join/FWOP-2761. In-person attendees may request a headset to listen to the live Spanish translation.

Spanish interpretation is available upon request for public speakers during Oral Communications. Speakers may also use their own interpreter.

How to Submit Public Comment
All persons attending or participating in City Council meetings, whether in person, remotely, or by written comment, must comply with the Rules of Decorum set forth in La Puente Municipal Code section 2.04.120.

In Person: Complete a Speaker Request Form and submit it to the City Clerk before the first speaker has concluded their remarks during the Oral Communications portion of the meeting. Each speaker is limited to three (3) minutes.

In Writing: Email your comment to [email protected] no later than 2 hours prior to the meeting start time. Email comments will be distributed to the City Council and become part of the official record for the meeting but will not be read aloud during the meeting. Please include “PUBLIC COMMENT” in the subject line.

Remote (Zoom):

Computer/Mobile Device:
• Join the Zoom Webinar at https://zoom.us/j/99755308889. • To request to speak, click the “Raise Hand” button before the first speaker has concluded their remarks during Oral Communications.
• When it is your turn to speak, your name will be called and you will be unmuted so you may address the City Council.

Telephone:
• Dial +1 669 900 6833 and enter Meeting ID: 997 5530 8889 # (Mobile users can tap the number to dial in automatically). • To request to speak by telephone, press *9 to raise your hand before the first speaker has concluded their remarks during Oral Communications.
• When it is your turn to speak, the last 4 digits of your phone number will be called and you will be asked to press *6 to unmute and provide your comments.

Availability
Materials distributed to a majority of the City Council regarding items on this agenda are available for public inspection at the City Clerk’s Office at City Hall located at 15900 E. Main Street and on the City’s website at https://lapuente.org/agenda/.

Americans with Disabilities
In accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), individuals requiring special assistance to participate in a City meeting or to access other City services should contact the City Clerk’s Office at (626) 855-1500. Providing at least 48 hours’ notice for regular meetings, 24 hours for special meetings, or as early as possible will help ensure reasonable accommodations.

Meeting Times
City Council meetings shall adjourn no later than 10:30 p.m., unless a majority of members approve a motion to extend the meeting to consider remaining agenda items in accordance with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Ordinance No. 95-727).

CITY OF LA PUENTE

REUNIONES DEL CONCEJO MUNICIPAL
Cómo escuchar la reunión en vivo
Audio en vivo: visite el sitio web de la ciudad en https://lapuente.org/agenda/. Bajo el portal de Agenda y Actas (Agenda and Minutes), haga clic en el icono de la cámara de video al lado de la reunión actual para escuchar en vivo.

Servicios de traducción/interpretación en español:

La traducción en vivo al español está disponible a través de Wordly en https://attend.wordly.ai/join/FWOP-2761. Los asistentes en persona pueden solicitar audiófonos para escuchar la traducción en vivo al español.

La interpretación al español está disponible a solicitud para los miembros del público que deseen hablar durante la sección de Comunicaciones Orales. Los oradores también pueden usar su propio intérprete.

Cómo enviar comentarios públicos
Todas las personas que asistan o participen en las reuniones del Concejo Municipal, ya sea en persona, de forma remota o mediante comentarios escritos, deben cumplir con las Reglas de Decoro establecidas en la sección 2.04.120 del Código Municipal de La Puente.

En persona: Complete un Formulario de Solicitud de Orador (Speaker Request Form) y entréguelo a la Secretaria Municipal antes de que el primer orador haya concluido sus comentarios durante la sección de Comunicaciones Orales de la reunión. Cada orador tiene un límite de tres (3) minutos.

Por escrito: Envíe su comentario por correo electrónico a [email protected] a más tardar 2 horas antes del inicio de la reunión. Los comentarios por correo electrónico serán distribuidos al Concejo Municipal y formarán parte del registro oficial de la reunión, pero no se leerán en voz alta durante la reunión. Por favor incluya “PUBLIC COMMENT” (COMENTARIO PÚBLICO) en la línea de asunto.

Remoto (Zoom):

Computadora / dispositivo móvil:
• Únase al seminario web de Zoom en https://zoom.us/j/99755308889. • Para solicitar hablar, haga clic en el botón “Levantar la mano” (Raise Hand) antes de que el primer orador haya concluido sus comentarios durante las Comunicaciones Orales.
• Cuando sea su turno de hablar, se llamará su nombre y se le activará el micrófono para que pueda dirigirse al Concejo Municipal.

Teléfono:
• Marque +1 669 900 6833 e ingrese el ID de la reunión: 997 5530 8889 # (los usuarios de teléfonos celulares pueden tocar el número para marcar automáticamente).
• Para solicitar hablar por teléfono, presione *9 para levantar la mano antes de que el primer orador haya concluido sus comentarios durante las Comunicaciones Orales.
• Cuando sea su turno de hablar, se llamarán los últimos 4 dígitos de su número telefónico y se le pedirá que presione *6 para activar el micrófono y dar sus comentarios.

Disponibilidad
Los materiales distribuidos a la mayoría de los miembros del Concejo Municipal relacionados con los temas de esta agenda están disponibles para su consulta pública en la Oficina de la Secretaria Municipal en el Ayuntamiento, ubicado en 15900 E. Main Street, y en el sitio web de la Ciudad en https://lapuente.org/agenda/.

Personas con Discapacidades
De acuerdo con la Ley de Estadounidenses con Discapacidades (ADA), cualquier persona que necesite asistencia especial para participar en una reunión de la Ciudad o acceder a otros servicios municipales debe comunicarse con la Oficina de la secretaria Municipal al (626) 855-1500. Proporcionar un aviso con al menos 48 horas de anticipación para reuniones regulares, 24 horas para reuniones especiales, o lo antes posible ayudará a garantizar adaptaciones razonables.

Horario de las Reuniones
Las reuniones se finalizarán a más tardar a las 10:30 p.m., a menos que la mayoría de los miembros aprueben una moción para extender la reunión y considerar los asuntos restantes de la agenda, de acuerdo con la Ley Ralph M. Brown (Ordenanza No. 95- 727).

CC/SA Agenda Page 1 of 4 July 14, 2026
AGENDA

REGULAR MEETING OF THE

LA PUENTE CITY COUNCIL AND SUCCESSOR AGENCY

COUNCIL CHAMBERS
15900 EAST MAIN STREET, LA PUENTE
JULY 14, 2026 AT 7:00 PM

CALL TO ORDER

ROLL CALL
COUNCIL/AGENCY MEMBERS: Klinakis, Munoz, Argudo, Mendoza, Quinones

PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE

PRESENTATIONS

1. Introduction of Montessori Academy of La Puente Students Participating in the City Council Meeting

2. Presentation by Global Urban Strategies Regarding Social Media and Grant Updates

3. Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department Activity and Information Briefing

ORAL COMMUNICATIONS
If you wish to address the City Council/Successor Agency on an item other than a public hearing matter, please complete the Request for Oral Presentation form and submit it to the City Clerk no later than prior to the conclusion of the first speaker’s remarks. All speakers are requested to observe the City's Rules of Decorum when addressing the City Council (LPMC section

2.04.120.).

BOARDS/COMMISSION/COMMITTEE REPORTS
Council Members provide a report on any Board/Commission/Committee meetings, listed below, that they have attended.

ORGANIZATION DEL/ALT MONTHLY MEETINGS TIME
California Contract Cities Association Argudo/Quinones 3rd Wednesday 6:30 p.m.

Sanitation District 15 & 21 Klinakis/Munoz 4th Wednesday 1:30 p.m.

League of California Cities L.A. Div. Argudo/Mendoza 1st Thursday 6:30 p.m.

City Selection Committee Klinakis/Mendoza When Necessary 6:30 p.m.

San Gabriel Valley COG Quinones/Argudo 3rd Thursday 4:00 p.m.

California JPIA Munoz/All Council 4th Wednesday 6:30 p.m.

Foothill Transit Governing Board Klinakis/Munoz Last Friday of the Month 7:45 a.m.

San Gabriel Valley Mosquito & Vector Control District Klinakis 2nd Friday 7:00 a.m.

A. MINUTES OF PREVIOUS CITY COUNCIL AND SUCCESSOR AGENCY MEETINGS A.1 READ AND APPROVE THE MINUTES OF THE CITY COUNCIL AND SUCCESSOR AGENCY MEETING OF JUNE 23, 2026 AND THE SPECIAL MEETING OF JULY 8, 2026 CC/SA Agenda Page 2 of 4 July 14, 2026
Staff Recommendation: It is recommended that the City Council and Successor Agency waive the reading and approve the Minutes of the City Council and Successor Agency meeting of June 23, 2026 and the Special meeting of July 8, 2026.

B. PUBLIC HEARINGS BEFORE THE CITY COUNCIL
B.1 CONTINUED FROM THE JUNE 23, 2026, REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING - INTRODUCTION OF AN ORDINANCE NO. 26-997 APPROVING MUNICIPAL CODE AMENDMENT NO. 26-02 ESTABLISHING CITYWIDE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS FOR

MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS IN

ACCORDANCE WITH STATE LAW
Staff Recommendation: It is recommended that the City Council: (1) open the public hearing and receive public testimony; (2) adopt Resolution No. 26-1597, accepting the Planning Commission’s recommendation; (3) waive full reading and introduce Ordinance No. 26-997 and read by title only, approving Municipal Code Amendment No. 26-21 establishing citywide objective design standards for multifamily and mixed-use residential development projects in accordance with State law; and (4) direct staff to file a Notice of Exemption for the project.

C. UNFINISHED BUSINESS OF THE CITY COUNCIL
C.1 DISCUSSION AND DIRECTION REGARDING NAMING RIGHTS FOR THE LA PUENTE ANIMAL SHELTER/COMMUNITY DOG PARK/K-9 TRAINING CENTER AT 16550 OLD

VALLEY BOULEVARD
Staff Recommendation: It is recommended that the City Council discuss naming rights for the La Puente Animal Shelter/Community Dog Park/K-9 Training Center and provide direction to Staff.

D. CITY COUNCIL AND SUCCESSOR AGENCY CONSENT CALENDAR
All matters listed under Consent Calendar are considered to be routine in nature and may be enacted by one motion approving the recommendation listed on the Agenda. One or more items may be removed from the Consent Calendar so that said item(s) may be discussed and considered individually by the City Council/Successor Agency, if a motion to remove the item(s) is approved by an affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the City Council/Successor Agency.

D.1 CONSIDERATION OF A RESOLUTION APPROVING WARRANT RESOLUTION NO. 26-6008 Staff Recommendation: It is recommended that the City Council and Successor Agency adopt Resolution No. 26-6008 approving Warrant Register No. 1618.

D.2 CONSIDERATION AND AWARD OF EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS FOR FY 2026-2027 Staff Recommendation: It is recommended that the City Council approve the award of thirty-two (32) scholarships for the 2026-2027 academic year in the amount of $500 each.

D.3 CONSIDERATION OF APPROVAL OF AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE PROFESSIONAL

SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH SIMPLE SOLUTIONS PSYCHOTHERAPY FOR

WRAPAROUND SERVICES UNDER THE YOUTH WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM Staff Recommendation: It is recommended that the City Council: (1) approve Amendment No. 1 to the Professional Services Agreement with Simple Solutions Psychothery; and (2) authorize the City Manager CC/SA Agenda Page 3 of 4 July 14, 2026
to execute all documents necessary to effectuate these agreements.

D.4 CONSIDERATION AND APPROVAL OF A RESOLUTION RESCINDING RESOLUTION NO. 26- 5993 AND ADOPTING THE CITY’S GANN APPROPRIATION LIMIT AND ESTABLISHING

CONTROLS ON CHANGES IN APPROPRIATIONS FOR THE VARIOUS FUNDS FOR FISCAL YEAR 2026/2027
Staff Recommendation: It is recommended that the City Council adopt Resolution No. 26-6009 rescinding Resolution No. 26-5993 and adopting the City’s Gann Appropriation Limit for FY 2026-2027 and establishing controls on changes in appropriations for the various funds.

D.5 CONSIDERATION OF AN AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES WITH BEST CONTRACTING SERVICES, INC. FOR ROOFING IMPROVEMENTS AT THE LA PUENTE COMMUNITY CENTER IN THE AMOUNT OF $791,069.00.

Staff Recommendation: It is recommended that the City Council: (1) approve the agreement for construction services with BEST Contracting Services, Inc. for roofing improvements at the La Puente Community Center in the amount of $791,069.00; and (2) authorize the City Manager to execute the Agreement and approve change orders up to 10% of the original bid amount.

D.6 CONSIDERATION OF ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTICE OF COMPLETION FOR THE CONCRETE

PARKING AREA AT THE LA PUENTE COMMUNITY DOG PARK/KENNEL AND APPROVAL OF FINAL PROJECT CHANGE ORDER IN THE AMOUNT OF $44,288.80 Staff Recommendation: It is recommended that the City Council: (1) accept the project as complete; (2) authorize the City Clerk to execute the Notice of Completion; and (3) approval a final project change order in the amount of $44,288.80.

D.7 CONSIDERATION OF ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTICE OF COMPLETION FOR THE PUBLIC

RESTROOM PROJECT AT THE LA PUENTE COMMUNITY DOG PARK/KENNEL Staff Recommendation: It is recommended that the City Council: (1) accept the Project as complete; and (2) authorize the City Clerk to execute and file the Notice of Completion.

E. NEW BUSINESS TO BE CONSIDERED BY THE CITY COUNCIL
E.1 CONSIDERATION OF A RESOLUTION RECITING THE FACTS OF THE CITY OF LA PUENTE JUNE 2, 2026, CONSOLIDATED SPECIAL MUNICIPAL ELECTION; SECOND READING AND ADOPTION OF ORDINANCE NO. 26-995, AN ORDINANCE OF THE PEOPLE OF THE CITY OF LA PUENTE, CALIFORNIA INCREASING THE CITY’S EXISTING GENERAL PURPOSE HALF PERCENT (1/2%) TRANSACTIONS AND USE TAX RATE TO A NEW RATE OF ONE PERCENT (1%) AS CODIFIED UNDER CHAPTER 2.34 (PUBLIC SAFETY, VITAL SERVICES NEIGHBORHOOD PROTECTION MEASURE) OF TITLE 2 (ADMINISTRATION) OF THE LA PUENTE MUNICIPAL CODE; AND RESOLUTIONS IMPLEMENTING MEASURE LP Staff Recommendation: It is recommended that the City Council: (1) adopt Resolution No. 26–6010 reciting the facts of the City of La Puente, June 2, 2026, Consolidated Special Municipal Election; (2) waive the full reading and adopt Ordinance No. 26-995 and read by title only; (3) adopt Resolution No. 26-6011, Authorizing the City Manager to execute Agreements with the California Department of Tax CC/SA Agenda Page 4 of 4 July 14, 2026
and Fee Administration for implementation of a local transaction and use tax; and (4) adopt Resolution No. 26-6012, Authorizing Examination of Sales, Use and Transactions Tax Records.

ADHOC COMMITTEE REPORTS
Council Members provide a report on any Ad Hoc Committee meetings that they have attended.

NAME MEMBERS
Code Enforcement Committee Klinakis/Mendoza
La Puente Park Fees, Ordinance and Program Oversight Committee Munoz/Quinones Project LEAD Committee Mendoza/Quinones
LPQT Action Committee Mendoza/Quinones
Rowland, Bassett, and Hacienda La Puente Unified School Districts Liaison Committee Klinakis/Munoz Senior Advisory Committee Klinakis/Munoz
Business Outreach Support Committee Klinakis/Quinones
La Puente Activity Center Design Oversight Committee Klinakis/Mendoza AB 1234 REPORTS

ORAL COMMENTS FROM COUNCIL

ORAL COMMENTS FROM STAFF

ADJOURNMENT
I hereby certify under penalty of perjury, under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing agenda was posted in accordance with the applicable legal requirements.

Dated July 9, 2026.
_________/s/__________
Martha Torres, MPA, CMC, City Clerk

"#$
%&"'

#"(
%
$)#%&"'

#"(%&

$"
* +'
,#$"'

%
$)#
' -.
!+ %&
#"(/ 01 +" #$"!

$"

#&%!$# %$

+, (
$
"12 3-3

(%!4#$ 5#+)
,"'
-

"#$
"%%!,
! "126 3-3

-.
!+7!
+
$"24#$ 5#+
$%89
#$%$
+3

-.
!+ .+
$"2
!

,%
$,%8 3
" &&-
-.
!+7!
+
$"2
#"( $

!:%. #$,+
(
)"#$

#"( $

!#!
)"%!%&
%--
$#"(
!;#)
+

< $,
!:
- $
#"(
""%!$
(
+#

" -#! $%
#"(

!5 !"' %!!
+#!
)"%!%&
,-#$#+"! "#;

!;#)
+!%(!
$5

#!
)"%!%&
;
%7-
$"
!;#)
+
.! ' -

8
'#
&#!
)"%!%&

.#) &
"(
&&!
(:
)5*

$#%!
$$
!
$ ; $ $,&&#)
7
)# #+"4 !#++ #; +:
+"#%+3

(%!4#$ 5#+
,"'

# $)
3

3=
!
+
$" "#%$%&
!%) - "#%$
) !#$

$
+
!#,
%$"'
(%!4#$ 5#+7!
+
$"
,
!%) - "#%$,
) !#$

$
+
!#,
%$"'3 $ .!#
>
(?>@ :9

$"
!:% !,
-.
!
!!( ,#
$"' $5
,"'

#"(
%
$)# $, +7%5
!

!,#$
"'
%!
$#8 "#%$A+7 !"#)#7 "#%$#$! #+#$
+
77%!" $, * !
$
++&%!"'
:9)%--
$#"(3

%
$)#
-.
!9
#$%$
+7!
+
$"
, )'
)5"%"'
> :9

$"
!%$.
' &%&"'

#"( %&$,
+"!(34 ! 3
)
!
+%$.
' &%&
$ "%!:%.
!)'

" 7!
+
$"
,)
!"#&#) "
+%& !
)%
$#"#%$"%"'

#"(%&

$"
"'
> :9

$"
! $,"'

$"

%--
$#"( %
$, "#%$&%!"'
:!
$)'.("'
:!#,

;
$"3> :9

$"
!:% !,
-.
! ,#
$"' $5
,"'

#"(
%
$)#
$ "%!
!)'

" $,"'

#"(3

!BCDEFGHIJBKLEIJCMJNFOEFJPEQLRJBESTIEOJUUGVJWOTGTCX-#$ "
+ !
!
)%!,%&"'
)"#%$+" 5
$.("'
.%,(3'
+
-#$
"
+,%$%"#$)
,
+
-- !(%&"'
,#+)
++#%$.
"%$(!
&
)""'
)"#%$" 5
$.("'
.%,(3
)%-7
"

,#%!
)%!,#$
%&"'#+-

"#$
#+ ; # .
%$"'

#"(A+*
.+#"
***3 7

$"
3%!
3
Agenda Item No. A.1

!"

#!$
!%&
'
(% )

!!
%
!
!
$
!"!*%(!"%+
*%$!"

!
(
,,'
%&-
! "
$$!""!$
!%&
'
(% !.$%
."!*! !/'!"""
!
$)

!%&-

01

!-

%&

!& ,%

"!$
!,1-34
' $5!+' !$)
,
!.!
$
$(

"%$!!$

!' &67%&
'
(% ,!!%
.-

-8

9
: 1

-6
11

9

;

;

: 1

<

,
%

4",$!5&&

!,'

"!(

$!$5&
'
(% !,5!='%

!"

4%*!
!!$%
.
$++
*!
!%
'!"
)
!%&
'
(%
$'((!""
.!
(&
,!!%
.
)'
!<-

!,
%

(%!$5&
!)

4%
.
( *
!>

:
>? %
#%"'

='%

!"

>

!
0
>

!
0

>.'$
!
$

0-8
0;

0

;

:

0-6
1
1
-@<<

9

1

1

-@

0;

:A1
0

9
1

11
:1 B
1@

1

1 9

1
A
;

A
!
%

!
*
%

$'(!$
!%!,
$(

% %+0'
"
&

'+

.%
.
%
(%+ 4

+
*%$!$+!"!
%

!+
+
"!$"
$$")

,' %),% &
$,%C!$@'"!!"%$!
% $!*!
+,!
+
D!("-

1%!(

)1!*!
+,!
!*%(!"
! !

#!$
!(

"'
)

!+!"!
%

!$
$'!

!(

( '"%

)
!(
5
%

+!%
$4%

!
'
!
%)

%
""
(%%

)

*!
,!
"E
F
$
!

5%! 9 !&
'
(%
)

*!
,!
"
E
9
F
!(

"'
G""!*%(!"4
' $(

( '$!

'
!-
&
? %
#%"
+!
!$
!+'5 %(
!%
.6>6-,-
%&

!& ,%

!(
,,!
$!$#!!+%
.
!+'5 %(
!%
.
+!

$(

%
'%
.

!
!%
.

!
!C%&
'
(% ,!!%
.-

!"#"

$
$
$

%
& "!
'"
(

)
'

*+,

-,.
/

/

. 0
1 /0
23/

/
/
00

1 /

04/

.
1 /

/
0
/

1 /4/

/03
/5

.!
!
6#)
$!"7!7$
!

8 %!
7##"!%
!!'"!#
'"

" $9!
76
!

6$9!"%" "!'$"
#%!
%
$#)"

"
"!'$6
!6$"
"!5,
"
!:
"8$
%
#%
& "!
'"*;*",),

"!"

<" <$%
8!'"!#
'"$9!#!"
"'$$

!!
'

!$!,

)"!9"$!6!!#
"66,

"
!:
"8$
$#%
& "!
'"*;*",),

)

9"$)"#&"
!
!

)

##&

)&!=

$

>*?"#
%/$

,5+

6!)
'$" 3"!5$9!"%"
"!'@"
#>?"#
%/$

,5A

6!)
'$" 3"!5$9!
)"

"
"!',
)

"!!#&6

9
'7
;

3
;:
"8$

$

;

-
;

-

;!'
#

#
<"

,B 4
.-

4
3 0C

,

.,B
3 0.
/

3

0
./

)

9"$)"#&"
!
!

)

##&

)&!=

$

"%%!
7

$
"
#"!)$.,*!

'.,+"
#.,!

'.,D,
)

"!!#&6

9
'!
" 7
;

3
;:
"8$

$

;

-
;

-

;!'
#

#
<"

.,*.
/
/
0

/2
1//
/
0

,5

!"#
$

%#&&'(
"
%)%*&$#
+,

))'-
(.
''

*(&'+//+

0+
*

1*
2
*1*

!"#
$'-%

%3$%!&')'+

0+
*

14

*

!"#
$'-%

%3$%!&')'+

0+0
*

0

+

5
*
6
*4

*

.
5.

*7*
+*
*

*
0 *7*

*1
*4

!"#
$
))'-%8
%8
+!)'3&&

$&'-&

('8
9!.&
&':'&&
+;
%!'8#
/+

0+<0
*

*

*
*

*4
.
5
7

*

*4
**

*4

5
6

*
5
=+

!'>#&3"'
"$
8'

80+<9
&)#$$%3'8!
(
%

%
9#$%:
&%'%
!#$"/"#
$8
(+

0+0
*
*
6
70*
*

+??@
6

0
/</**0A*

!"#
$ B/C
)%!)#:$8)'-8
&8)$%3'

'

)+??@DBC
#!'E%!"$'
;#
38)$
D

%BC
#!'E%&
33'$
&!'3
30)&!%-$)'+

0+0
*
.*01
5 .*F*

*

7*

*

6 6

!"#
$ B/C
9 '%%!&#:')

('8
8)$
$#
&
&"!!'
)"D

%BC
#!'E%!"

(';#
$$%#8
&

&&
'"33#
!&
('8
&+

0+?
0*
0
00
*
0

*0
+
,@@
5
1 6
5
16

*4

60

0

+,/B

6 /G
0

0

06G

0

C

!"#
$B/C
%)%'%

+,@@

3!
"#
$3!"36

#

))'-
(#
)
$%8
%8
+,/

!"#$

%$&'(
))
*
+ $
$

'+,!-!
".

$)/$
,

$
/0, 1%'+,!-!".+ *2$)/

/%

'+,!-"2$)/

/%
)+

'&&
*
#$

+3

"%

,*
/&&$&
$
*$&4,

$&$,'
5

)+,0
$)/ 1

$+
61'
1$)*
$)7-

4-74
.
.
(
.
4
.
(
-877
4
4

2
.
2 9

.
(:

. ((8

2.#
4
44444
(

.

;.<
.

*
$
=>
'
1$)*
>"!%
$+
./$ )
$$-8,/*

./$ )
$$-877

'*$+,'/
0+,/$ /1/3
"%+,$0

1*//,1

,*
$$&&-
?

-@
;A

A
4
.
4A:
2
: (

-!
.

:A 4

.

4 ,*$,$&

/,
0,0
*/
,)= +,$0

,+$,,
,

'1
6)

-

1$,<
=
/'=
&&&$,',+$,-

-4 44.

.
(

4
.
;.<

.
.
B
2 (:;

<
4

1
,(

/1
,$
)*
'

0

,
A,
$,$$&'($/

/$)1',
&&C/4+,$+,$0

$
&$,
$,
,

'
,-

,
$,$$)*
$+,
$&$,&
,D$,=/)++,//
$
'
1D$)

$**),6D)$) 1B-

1
,(

/1$
'0
6 &)
/'06 $*
&$,'&
,D$,=
/)++,//
$$+,
$-

4 /*)//
$/)
,
,

D&$,*,/
* )

',+$,

*,/

')/$&

&
,D$,=/',$)
'$)'
1-

1$,1
,$/
''/

*$/&$,'$+,
$D$)
6E-

-4 44.

.4

.
2 .
2 (

(2
(

.
:4

.<<87
.

.

!(49((
:A (
9.4

!

" #$
%

&

$"&&

'

%

&'$()"

!$#!!"%
#*+,"#$*&

%
"#$*

$%
$"!
!#!"'

%

&"%
#*+,"#$*
&

-

./

0

"

)"
$
&

#'*$)
"&&

1"%
"

2"
-

#

(

!
$

!
%"&&

1"%
"

2"
-

"4
$
."&&

1"#$*
&'

5#"
!!2"(

2"
*&#
*2
"4
$
%
%*
%
%
!$%""*!%
2"
*$"**'"
"6%") #!
"%
2
"4
$-

5 $""&&

1"%
"

2"
-

0"6* 7!!
/$

#

)
$%""*.!
$!!""&&

1"%

"

2"
-

"
3!"
"&&

1"%
"

2"
-

7#!
!!#

$%#22"
"&&

1"%
"

2"
-

#

$3

.
!
3

!
%"&&

1"%
"

2"
-

7+,0

0
8"
-

0

0

"
9*(!!2"(

)##

*&2$
3 !%22

%
"22"
#
!
)"
'#!
!!
!-/
)#
%

2"

%
!#$$
!!")%
"3
!%

( "$

!%

(

3 !-

0

0

!2"
""#$*$"&&
!

'#!
!!"22"
#
!
2"
*&#
*2
"4
$*"$"!-

.

$"
") &!
3

3$
!

#(*

2"

"#2
!)
"&%
*)"
"

!!#
$
#%"
:
;

!
*'*$*&! "
%%

6"#* )"
6
*

)
"&%

"%
"#$*)"
$"!

"!

"%

*)"

!!
&'*-

2"

%%
% *

!
'#
%
*

"%
"#$*-

!
"#
"
$%&'($
))
$*
"
!
+'# &$&

,)
$*
,
)
$-
&!.

/ 0

1

$(%
"

1%!
!!1
($

"
$%&'$
2'#! -$%

"
,

,
,$
$(

'!1

3453.,.

))
$*
"!35" $(%'.

"
$

!
"
'
2'#!
'

# $
"

"#$%&"'

"(
%)#
!%&"'

"(%&
)
#"
* +'
!,#"'

%)#
!
' -.
/+ %&
"(0 !!12 +" #"/

"
)
#"

!&%/# %#)!( "23 4-4

(%/5!# 6+
!!
,"'
-

"#$"%%/,
/ "232 4-4

-.
/+
/
+
#"35!# 6+)#%78)#%#
+4

-.
/+ .+
#"3
/$),%
#,%7 4
" &&-
-.
/+
/
+
#"3
"( # $
/9%. #,+
(
"(
""%/#
()+

!" -/ #%
"(
!
/6 /"' %//
+/

"%/%&
,-#+"/ ":

/:

+/%(/)#6!

"%/%&
:
!%
-
#"
/:

+
./ ' -
!!
7#&%/- "%#

'#%!%$(
%--)#
"%#+
# !(+""
:
:
/+"/

" #,&&

!+"5 /++ : +9)+"!!%+4

(%/5!# 6+!
,"'

!
,$
%&
!!
$ #

;%#
4

4<
=

;%#
4
94<
9
0
90

;%#
4
4<090

4

00

0

55>2

11 =

9 =

"( # $
/ #,+
(
/%:,
,
/
+
#" "%#%#"'

%"
#" !# -#$/$'"+ #,+$# $
&%/"'

)
#"

#- !'
!"
/
%--)#"(%$
/65>2/ ##$

#"
/4

/?@ABCDEFG?HIBFG@JGKCLBCGMBNIOG?BPQFBLGRRDSGTLQDQ@U-#)" + /
/

%/,%&"'

"%#+" 6
#.("'
.%,(4'
+
-#)"
+,%#%"#
!),
+)-- /(%&"'
,+
)++%#.)"%#!(/
&!

""'

"%#" 6
#.("'
.%,(4

%-
!
"
),%/

%/,#$%&"'+-

"#$+ : ! .!
%#"'

"(V+*
.+"
***4!
)
#"
4%/$4
Agenda Item No. A.1

!" #$
%&'$(()%
*( +()%", ,%- +
.(
%*)
,
..$ *( "
"(/%
"(
%%(0
%"% (%&0)(
*( "+
0(% (
", ,%
0 *%.% ("-

1"*$"" % "$%&
%,
& ,()%
%#$
%.% ("+ . ,()%
$% (% .

)%
(%
..$ (1,

!
23 ,% (%
".0
+%&/%
" +()%/%
',%
()%", &&
+("+0(% (
&%", "-

)%($ *

%*)%&* "% "$"('
,()%(%.'*!+
* "&%
( (()% %4(
($ *
.%%( ,-

-

1

15
6
515

5

51
7 8

59

1 %*(
+1%/%
0.% (%
/*%"
%

%:0
/&%& $0&(%0
%"% ((
%,
& ,()%

:0
;%*( % (

/% $%-

!""((%&)"0
%+%
% *%+
()%
,
&%", +()%

:0
;%*(-

1"*$"" % "$%&
%,
& ,()%
%&%", +()%

:0
;%*(+$ & , &,
(
00
*( "-

$ :
%#$%"(%&()%(%.'%'
$,)('*!(+$($
%($ *
.%%( , 3
&"<()()%+$

"*0%++$ & , %%&%&+
()%
,
&%", +()%0
;%*(-

1-=
1
5

.( <".&%'

%.$ :"%* &%&'$ *
%.'%
6$ %"
(00
/% "% (
% &
(%.1->-
)%.( *

%&'()%+

< ,

/(%?

!"$ :6$ %"-

? %
@
? %
@

?
,$&% &:-

1->1
5

758

5
9

57

5

1BC5

1
@15

55 25

5

C>

159

*(
!% ?
)%($ *
?D>E00
/%&()%"0%*+*( "+
()%..$ (% (%

5%2
+F &DE$()
:%&(++("
*(+
'&"
% (%
(*0%
(/%0$
*)" ,
* (
*( ((%4*%%&BC-

-=
G@

@
1
5 1@
7
H %-

!" #
$%

&$'(
$&&)
!
)&&&*$
'
+)
,$!&!'&*!"$'&+++

&*$#)--$##+)$,$!&.

)!- $/0$
1) !
!$#&*!"$'&+++

&*$#)--$##+)
'
+)
,$!&.

&!($
!'#$&*!"$'!+

/&
!
$-*!

(
//)! -&
!#!#&,$
#&
$$&+

* #2

"!'#&&$'&*&!#&,$
#&
$$&2 2

"
!
0& ! !(+ !!)/0$

+%$
%$&*&
&&$!'$'&*$
'
+)
,$!&.

*$
$0$ !(!
+)
&*$
0)# !$##0$+

$&*$ &
)!-

!" #'4
)
!$'&*$/$$& !(&
565./.

,$'&* #78&*'
+).

$#
*
$
!" #
&$
"

City of La Puente
Agenda Report
Agenda Item No. B.1
To: Mayor and City Council For meeting of: July 14, 2026 From: Bob Lindsey, City Manager
By: Abraham Tellez, Director of Development Services
Juan Galvan, Senior Planner
Subject: CONTINUED FROM THE JUNE 23, 2026, REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING - INTRODUCTION OF AN ORDINANCE NO. 26-997 APPROVING MUNICIPAL CODE AMENDMENT NO. 26-02 ESTABLISHING CITYWIDE OBJECTIVE DESIGN

STANDARDS FOR MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT

PROJECTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE LAW

BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION
At the June 23, 2026, City Council meeting, the City Council opened the public hearing for Item B.1 regarding Municipal Code Amendment No. 26-02. During the discussion, the City Council requested additional time to review the objective design standards and continued the item to the next City Council meeting.

On February 22, 2022, the City Council adopted the City’s 6th Cycle Housing Element Update, which identifies policies and implementation programs to address the City’s housing needs and comply with State housing law. Housing Element Policy 4.2 calls for streamlining the City’s development review process to reduce delays and associated costs and support the development of housing, including affordable housing opportunities.

Regulatory and Policy Context
Recent State housing legislation, including SB 167, SB 330, SB 4, SB 423, and AB 2011, requires that qualifying housing development projects be reviewed using objective standards that do not involve subjective discretion. The City Council approved a Letter Agreement with the San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments (SGVCOG) on August 12, 2025 to participate in the SGVCOG Affordable Housing Incubator Objective Design Standards Program and to complete a zoning code amendment addressing a component of Program 11 of the City’s Certified Housing Element. Program 11 requires the City to adopt citywide objective design standards in accordance with State law to allow streamlined ministerial approval for qualified residential development projects.

To support implementation of these requirements, SGVCOG retained The Arroyo Group to prepare a Regional Objective Design Standards framework. City staff participated in this effort, and the proposed ordinance is based on this regional framework and has been customized to reflect the City’s community character and regulatory context.

Agenda Report – MCA No. 26-02 - Objective Design Standards For City Council And Successor Agency Meeting of July 14, 2026

Page 2 of 3 ends

Purpose and Effects of the Ordinance
The proposed ordinance establishes clear, measurable, and objective design standards for multifamily and mixed-use residential development projects in compliance with State law and the City’s Housing Element. The ordinance directly implements Housing Element Policy 4.2 by improving predictability in the development review process, reducing uncertainty for applicants, and enhancing the efficiency and consistency of project processing. Objective standards reduce reliance on discretionary interpretation and help minimize delays associated with subjective design review. From an administrative standpoint, the use of objective criteria improves consistency in plan review and provides clearer expectations for applicants at the outset of the entitlement process.

Overall, the ordinance supports the City’s ability to facilitate housing production while maintaining a consistent and high-quality framework for development that contributes to neighborhood character and the pedestrian environment. The proposed ordinance represents a balanced approach that advances State housing law compliance, implements adopted Housing Element policies, and improves the efficiency, predictability, and consistency of the City’s development review process while supporting high-quality residential and mixed-use development.

Overview of Proposed Ordinance
The proposed ordinance establishes citywide objective design standards applicable to multifamily and mixeduse residential development projects. The draft citywide Objective Design Standards (Attachment B) establish the object criteria that will be used in the review of multifamily and mixed-use residential development projects. The standards are intended to provide clear, consistent, and measurable criteria to guide project design and review. The proposed standards address key elements of site and building design, including:
• Site Planning and Access
• Building Modulation and Articulation
• Materials, Finishes, and Color
• Frontages
• Open Space
• Entries
• Exterior Lighting
• Walls and Fences
• Loading Area, Trash, and Utilities
Application and Implementation
The standards are objective and measurable and will be applied consistently during development review in conjunction with the City’s Zoning Code and applicable State law requirements. They are intended to reduce ambiguity in interpretation and provide clear expectations early in the entitlement process.

Effect of Adoption
Adoption of the ordinance will improve the City’s ability to process housing development applications efficiently, ensure compliance with State housing laws, and maintain consistent expectations for high-quality residential and mixed-use development.

Agenda Report – MCA No. 26-02 - Objective Design Standards For City Council And Successor Agency Meeting of July 14, 2026

Page 3 of 3 ends

Planning Commission Consideration/Action
At its May 5, 2026 regular meeting, the Planning Commission held a public hearing on Municipal Code Amendment No. 26-02 relating to establishing object design standards for multifamily and mixed-use residential development. At the conclusion of the public hearing, the Planning Commission adopted Resolution No. 26-1597 recommending approval of the proposed Municipal Code Amendment to the City Council.

Public Hearing
Notice of the City Council public hearing on the proposed Municipal Code Amendment No. 26-02 to establish object design standards for multifamily and mixed-use residential development was published on June 11, 2026, in the San Gabriel Valley Tribune and posted in accordance with the La Puente Municipal Code and Government Code Section 65091.

Environmental Compliance
The project is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Section 15061(b)(3), the “Common Sense” Exemption. The adoption of citywide objective design standards for multifamily and mixed-use residential development is a regulatory action that establishes clear, objective, and measurable design criteria. The standards do not alter allowable land use designations or densities, nor do they approve or authorize any specific development project. Therefore, it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the adoption of the proposed ordinance may have a significant effect on the environment, and the project is exempt from CEQA.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with the adoption of this ordinance.

RECOMMENDATION
It is recommended that the City Council: (1) open the public hearing and receive public testimony; (2) adopt Resolution No. 26-1597, accepting the Planning Commission’s recommendation; (3) waive full reading and introduce Ordinance No. 26-997 and read by title only, approving Municipal Code Amendment No. 26-21 establishing citywide objective design standards for multifamily and mixed-use residential development projects in accordance with State law; and (4) direct staff to file a Notice of Exemption for the project.

ATTACHMENTS
A. Planning Commission Mixed-Use Projects Resolution No. 26-1597 B. Objective Design Standards Ordinance 26-997
C. Mixed-Use La Puente Objective Design Standards
Attachment A

ORDINANCE NO. 26-997 PAGE 1 OF 3 _________, 2026
ORDINANCE NO. 26-997

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LA
PUENTE, CALIFORNIA, AMENDING TITLE 10 (ZONING) OF THE
LA PUENTE MUNICIPAL CODE (“LPMC”) TO ADOPT

CITYWIDE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS FOR

MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE RESIDENTIAL

DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS
WHEREAS, pursuant to the City’s police power as granted under Article XI, Section 7 of the California Constitution, the City Council has the authority to enact and enforce ordinances for the public health, safety, and general welfare of the City and its residents; and
WHEREAS, in exercise of such authority, the City has adopted the La Puente Municipal Code (“LPMC”), including the City’s Zoning Code (Title 10 of the LPMC), to regulate the use of land and the location, design, and development of buildings and structures within the City; and
WHEREAS, State housing laws, including but not limited to Senate Bill 330 (2019), Assembly Bill 2011 (2022), Senate Bill 4 (2023), Senate Bill 423 (2023), Senate Bill 684 (2023), and related provisions of the Government Code, streamline the review of housing development projects and emphasize the use of objective standards to provide certainty and reduce discretionary barriers; and
WHEREAS, Government Code Section 65913.4 defines “objective design standards” as standards that involve no personal or subjective judgment and are uniformly verifiable prior to project submittal; and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that the adoption of Citywide Objective Design Standards for multifamily and mixed-use residential development projects will provide clarity, consistency, and predictability in the development review process while supporting implementation of the City’s Housing Element; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds that this Ordinance is consistent with the General Plan and is necessary to protect and promote the public health, safety, and welfare.

NOW THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LA
PUENTE HEREBY FINDS, DETERMINES AND ORDAINS AS FOLLOWS:

Section 1. The City Council finds that the above Recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein by reference.

Section 2. CEQA. This Ordinance is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) pursuant to Section 15061(b)(3) of the CEQA Guidelines, the “Common Sense” Exemption. The adoption of citywide objective design standards for multifamily and mixed-use residential development constitutes a regulatory Attachment B
ORDINANCE NO. 26-997 PAGE 2 OF 3 _________, 2026
action that establishes clear, objective, and measurable design criteria. This Ordinance does not approve or authorize any specific development project, nor does it change allowable land use designations, density, or intensity of development. Therefore, it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the adoption of this Ordinance may have a significant effect on the environment, and the Ordinance is exempt from CEQA.

Section 3. Amendment to Chapter 10.10 (Residential Zones). Section

10.10.060(D) of the La Puente Municipal Code is hereby added to read as follows:
“10.10.060(D) Objective Design Standards. The City of La Puente Objective Design Standards, as adopted by Ordinance No. 26-997 and as may be amended from time to time, shall apply to all multifamily residential development projects.

To the extent that a development standard is not addressed by the City of La Puente Objective Design Standards, the applicable provisions of this Chapter shall apply.”
Section 4. Amendment to Chapter 10.12 (Commercial Zones). Section

10.12.040(G) of the La Puente Municipal Code is hereby added to read as follows:
“10.12.040(G) Objective Design Standards. The City of La Puente Objective Design Standards, as adopted by Ordinance No. 26-997 and as may be amended from time to time, shall apply to all mixed-use development projects containing residential uses permitted within the C-2 (General Commercial) Zone. To the extent that a development standard is not addressed by the City of La Puente Objective Design Standards, the applicable provisions of this Chapter shall apply.”
Section 5. Implementation and Interpretation. The Director of Development Services, or designee, is authorized to interpret and implement the provisions of this Ordinance and the City of La Puente Objective Design Standards consistent with the intent of this Ordinance.

Section 6. Consistency with General Plan and State Law. The City Council finds that this Ordinance is consistent with the City’s General Plan and applicable State housing laws governing objective and streamlined review of housing development projects.

Section 7. Clerical Errors. The City Council directs the City Clerk to correct any clerical errors found in this Chapter, including, but not limited to, typographical errors, irregular numbering, and incorrect section references.

Section 8. Severability. Should any section, subsection, clause, or provision of this Ordinance for any reason be held to be invalid or unconstitutional, such invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of the remaining portions of this Ordinance; it being hereby expressly declared that this Ordinance, and each section, subsection, sentence, clause, and phrase hereof would have been prepared, proposed, approved, and ratified irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, ORDINANCE NO. 26-997 PAGE 3 OF 3 _________, 2026
subsections, sentences, clauses, or phrases be declared invalid, unenforceable, or unconstitutional.

Section 9. Effective Date. In accordance with Government Code § 36937, this Ordinance shall take effect and be in force thirty (30) days its passage and adoption.

Section 10. Publication. The City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this Ordinance and shall cause this ordinance to be published and posted as required by law.

PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED this __ day of ________, 2026, by the following vote:

AYES: COUNCILMEMBERS:

NOES: COUNCILMEMBERS:

ABSENT: COUNCILMEMBERS:

ABSTAIN: COUNCILMEMBERS:
______________________________
Charlie Klinakis, Mayor
ATTEST:
_____________________________________
Martha Torres, MPA, CMC, City Clerk
July 14, 2026
City of La Puente
Objective Design Standards
Attachment C
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 2
Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction.................................................................................................................................3 Section 1: Site Planning and Access........................................................................................10

1.1 - 1.5: Street Relationships......................................................................................................10

1.6 - 1.7: Residential Privacy........................................................................................................10

1.8 - 1.11: Pedestrian Access.........................................................................................................11

1.12 - 1.13: Parking Areas...............................................................................................................11

1.14 - 1.21: Vehicular Access..........................................................................................................11 Section 2: Building Modulation and Articulation....................................................................12

2.1 - 2.5: Ground Floor Design....................................................................................................12

2.6: Circulation Design................................................................................................................12

2.7: Architectural Projections.....................................................................................................12

2.8: Transparency.........................................................................................................................12

2.9 - 2.16: Variation in Wall Plane...............................................................................................13

2.17 - 2.18: Roof Design................................................................................................................14

2.19: Design in Proximity to Historic Resources.....................................................................14 Section 3: Materials, Finishes, and Color................................................................................15

3.1 - 3.6: Materials.........................................................................................................................15

3.7 - 3.8: Finishes....................................................................................................................15, 16

3.9 - 3.10: Color.............................................................................................................................16

3.11 - 3.15: Character....................................................................................................................16 Section 4: Frontages.................................................................................................................17 Section 5: Open Space..............................................................................................................18

5.1 - 5.4: General Open Space....................................................................................................18

5.5 - 5.12: Common Open Space...............................................................................................18

5.13: Private Open Space............................................................................................................18 Common Open Space Heirarchy..............................................................................................19 Section 6: Entries.....................................................................................................................20

6.1 - 6.2: Entry Locations............................................................................................................20

6.3 - 6.6: Entry Design................................................................................................................20

6.7- 6.8: Security Features.........................................................................................................20 Section 7: Exterior Lighting......................................................................................................21

7.1 - 7.4: Lighting Along Walkways..............................................................................................21

7.5: Design of Lighting.................................................................................................................21

7.6: Landscape Lighting..............................................................................................................21 Section 8: Walls and Fences....................................................................................................22

8.1: Screening...............................................................................................................................22

8.2 - 8.4: Wall and Fence Height...............................................................................................22

8.5 - 8.8: Design of Walls and Fences......................................................................................22

8.9: Location of Walls and Fences............................................................................................22 Section 9: Loading Areas, Trash and Utilities.........................................................................23

9.1: Commercial Loading Areas.................................................................................................23

9.2: Screening Loading Areas....................................................................................................23

9.3 - 9.4: Trash Enclosures & Location....................................................................................23

9.5 - 9.6: Utility Location.............................................................................................................23 Appendix A: Frontage Standards.............................................................................................24 A.1: Shopfront...............................................................................................................................24 A.2: Common Entry.....................................................................................................................25 A.3: Stoop.....................................................................................................................................26 A.4: Porch......................................................................................................................................27 A.5: Patio.......................................................................................................................................28 A.6: Surface Parking...................................................................................................................29 A.7: Structured Parking..............................................................................................................30 Appendix B: Common Open Space Types...............................................................................31 B.1: Community Plazas and Commons....................................................................................31 B.2: Neighborhood Parks and Recreational Amenity Areas................................................32 B.3: Courtyards...........................................................................................................................32 B.4: Forecourts............................................................................................................................33 B.5: Pocket Parks........................................................................................................................33 B.6: Paseos...................................................................................................................................34 B.7: Passthroughs.......................................................................................................................34 B.8: Alley Walkways/Green Alleys.............................................................................................35 B.9: Shared Yards........................................................................................................................35 B.10: Terraces and Decks...........................................................................................................36 B.11: Rooftop Decks....................................................................................................................36 B.12: Green Roofs........................................................................................................................37 Appendix C: Private Open Space Types..................................................................................38 C.1: Balconies...............................................................................................................................38 C.2: Patios....................................................................................................................................38 C.3: Private Rooftop Decks.......................................................................................................39 C.4: Private Yards........................................................................................................................39 C.5: Porches.................................................................................................................................40 Appendix D: Definitions............................................................................................................41 Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum.....44 External Image Sources...........................................................................................................80 CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 3
Introduction

BACKGROUND AND RATIONALE
These City of La Puente Objective Design Standards
were prepared by The Arroyo Group on behalf of the
City of La Puente to provide clear, objective, and
measurable standards for multifamily and mixed use
development, satisfying the demands of state law. This
Standards document was derived from the Regional
Objective Design Standards document which was
developed by The Arroyo Group on behalf of the San
Gabriel Valley Council of Governments (SGVCOG).

Several state housing laws, including SB 167, SB 423,
SB 330, SB 4, and AB 2011, strongly incentivize cities
to develop objective design standards for multifamily
residential uses and mixed (residential + commercial)
uses. A summary of each law is given on the next page.

By adopting Objective Design Standards, the City
of La Puente maintains the ability to impose design
standards on multifamily residential and mixed use
developments.

Per SB 423, Objective Design Standards "involve no
personal or subjective judgment by a public official
and are uniformly verifiable by reference to an external and uniform benchmark or criterion available and
knowable by both the applicant or developer and
the public official before submittal.” Providing this
level of certainty and clarity introduces predictability in the review process. Together with other state
requirements such as clear timelines for decisions
to approve or deny a project and a limitation on the
number of public meetings, these Objective Design
Standards are intended to streamline the approval
process for housing units while maintaining good
design.

Large portion of frontage dominated by surface parking
and a driveway
Lack of transparency on the corner of the mixed-use
development.
15901 Main St, La Puente. Corner of the development
designed to differentiate the corner.

Lack of relationship between units and frontage
La Puente Park Apartments, La Puente. Successful
landscape design in the frontage of the development.

Bradbury, La Puente. Well landscaped frontage along the street facing fence.

Examples of Well Designed Buildings:

Examples of Undesirable or Incompatible Design:

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 4
Legal Basis for Objective Design Standards in California State Law Introduction
These standards have been crafted to encourage new,
well designed residential and mixed use development
that fits the context of the City of La Puente (see the top row of images on page 3). They establish a "floor"
for design quality, thereby preventing undesirable,
incompatible design (see the bottom row of images
on page 3).

Design Goals
Several key goals that guided the development of the
standards were:
• Visually and functionally link the private realm to
the public realm. The private realm consists of
privately owned spaces while the public realm
consists of spaces available for public access.
• Facilitate pedestrian activity and safety
• Activate the public realm
• Encourage projects to exhibit a cohesive visual
identity that is consistent with the character of
the area
• Prioritize human-scaled design
• Safeguard residential privacy as well as proper
screening and buffering
Standards Organization
Standards are organized by the following topics:
• Section 1: Site Planning and Access
• Section 2: Building Modulation and Articulation
• Section 3: Materials, Finishes, and Color
• Section 4: Frontages
• Section 5: Open Space
• Section 6: Entries
• Section 7: Exterior Lighting
• Section 8: Walls and Fences
• Section 9: Loading Areas, Trash and Utilities
• Appendix A: Frontage Standards
• Appendix B: Common Open Space Types
• Appendix C: Private Open Space Types
• Appendix D: Definitions

LEGAL BASIS FOR OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS
Per Government Code 65913.4, Objective Design Standards "involve no personal or subjective judgment by a public official and are uniformly verifiable by reference to an external and uniform benchmark or criterion available and knowable by both the applicant or developer and the public official before submittal.” The following Senate bills (SB) and Assembly bills (AB) form the legal basis for objective design standards in California. Additional State bills signed into law in the future may interact with objective design standards.

SB 167 (2017) (codified in Section 65589.5 of the Government Code) Prohibits local governments from disapproving or conditioning approval in a manner that renders infeasible, a housing development project for very low, low-, or moderate- income households or an emergency shelter unless the local agency makes specific written findings based upon substantial evidence in the record. Under this Senate Bill local jurisdictions may not reduce density or make infeasible housing projects consistent with objective design standards.

Housing Crisis Act (SB 330) (2019) (codified in Sections 65589.5, 65940, 65943, 65950, 65905.5, 65913.10, and 65941.1, and Chapter 12 of Division 1 of Title 7 of the Government Code)
Streamlines housing development processes by imposing timelines on the approval of housing projects, limits the number of public hearings to 5, and limits denial of projects to non-compliance with objectively written design standards.

AB 2011 (2022) (codified in Sections 65400, 65585, and Chapter 4.1 of Division 1 of Title 7 of the Government Code) Allows eligible residential development projects in commercial areas that comply with housing affordability and/or labor standards to be subject to a streamlined, ministerial review process that is exempt from CEQA. As part of the ministerial process, design review may be undertaken by the City if only objective standards are evaluated.

SB 4 (2023) (codified in Section 65913.16 of the Government Code) Requires 100% Affordable Housing Projects proposed on land owned by religious institutions (and that meet all other requirements of SB 4) comply with all objective development standards of the city or county they are located in that do not conflict with SB 4. As part of the ministerial process, design review may be undertaken by a City if only objective standards are evaluated.

SB 423 (2023) (codified in Section 65913.4 of the Government Code) Requires cities to streamline review and approval of eligible affordable housing projects through a ministerial process. As part of the ministerial process, design review may be undertaken by the City if only objective standards are evaluated.

SB 684 (2023) and SB 1123 (2024) (SB 684 is codified in Sections 65852.28, 65913.4.5, and 66499.41 of the Government Code) (SB 1123 is codified in Sections 65852.28 and 66499.41 of the Government Code) Requires local agencies to ministerially approve, without discretionary review or a public hearing, parcel map or tentative and final maps for housing development projects of ten or fewer residential units on urban lots of less than five acres. SB 684 further specifies that the proposed subdivision must be located on a parcel zoned for multifamily residential use, no larger than five acres, and substantially surrounded by qualified urban uses. Per these laws, Cities may impose objective design standards, except for those which physically preclude the development of a project built to specified densities. Additionally, objective design standards may not be imposed related to setback between units, enclosed or covered parking, side and rear setbacks different from the original lot line, certain parking requirements, and certain minimum FARs.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 5
Block Scale Context
Guidelines Introduction
House Scale Context
Older courtyard/garden apartment in La Puente Older townhome development in La Puente New multifamily development in La Puente, Arboleda New townhome development in La Puente Senior Apartments

CITY OF LA PUENTE CONTEXT
The City of La Puente lies in the heart of the San
Gabriel Valley between the unincorporated area
of West Puente Valley to the west and north, the
unincorporated area of Valinda to the north, the
unincorporated area of South San Jose Hills to the
east, and the City of Industry to the south. The City
currently is home to 36,670 citizens. The community,
Rancho La Puente, which later became the City of
La Puente was founded in 1841. Early families in La
Puente lived in adobe homes and engaged in ranching
and agricultural work on their land. During the 1870s,
additional residents settled in the community with
the influx of rail lines and the breaking up of land
into smaller parcels. Up until the 1950s, La Puente
remained a primarily agricultural community mixed
with growing industrial development in oil, banking,
and communications. During the postwar period
the City of La Puente transformed into a residential
bedroom community. In 1956, the City incorporated.

In the postwar period, agricultural land was developed
into a dense suburban community of single-story, midcentury ranch styles homes with spacious backyards.

These homes were often built for veterans returning
from war. The 1960s and 70s saw the construction and
expansion of the 60 freeway south of La Puente and
the 10 freeway north of La Puente. These freeways
connect La Puente to Downtown Los Angeles and the
wider region and sped up residential development in
the City.

The majority of single family homes in the City were
built by the 1965. The majority of single family built
during the postwar period still make up the single
family housing stock in the City. In the 1970s some
low-rise multifamily buildings began to be built in
the City. By 1965, most of Duarte was built out, with
infill development becoming the primary residential
development strategy. Limited growth of multifamily
buidlings occured in La Puente from the 1980 to 2020.

Starting in 2021, multifamily residential development
increased in La Puente with the development of the
Arboleda Senior Apartments (74 senior affordable
units), the Star of La Puente Townhomes (22 units),
four townhome units at 15921 Sierra Vista Ct, and 34
units in a mixed use project at 15861 Main Street.

As of 2021, 74% of residential units in the City were
single family homes and 56.9% of all residental units
were owner occupied.

The multifamily apartment buildings in La Puente
area spread throughout the City, as either standalone
developments or in small concentrations of
multifamily housing. Most of the multifamily building
stock is characterized by the townhome style or the
garden/courtyard apartment style. The more recent
developments are built in the townhome style and the
higher density 4 story apartment style. The majority of the multifamily building stock are one or two stories
tall, with only one example standing out at 4 stories
tall. Mixed use development, such as La Puente
Apartments located at 15861 Main Street, is newly
coming into the City.

Due to the varying multifamily structure forms in
the City, the City of La Puente's Objective Design
Standards groups multifamily buildings into two
categories, house scale and block scale, according
to their physical form and scale.

Areas with house scale buildings are originally single
family neighborhoods which have been rezoned to
accommodate multifamily uses. Typically in these
areas, there is a variety of development types,
some which represent compatible design and some
which represent incompatible design. Successfully
designed projects are multifamily projects designed
in keeping with the original single family house scale
of the neighborhood. These types of projects include
well designed townhomes, garden apartments, and
bungalow courts.

Block scale areas are located mostly along commercial
corridors or in industrial areas that have been rezoned to accommodate multifamily uses and mixed uses.

Residential development in block scale areas is
typically high density mixed use development. These
high density mixed use developments are typically a
half to a full block long.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 6
Introduction

BEST PRACTICES
The five best practices identified in Exhibit B of The
Arroyo Group's Regional Objective Design Standards
Research Memorandum (attached to this document
as Appendix E) are listed below. The City of La Puente
Objective Design Standards take these regional best
practices into account.

1. Provide guidelines or statements of
intent along with objective standards.

The SGVCOG's Regional Objective Design
Standards are based on statements of intent
which clarify the intent of each standards
section. Cities may choose to allow variations
to objective design standards as long as the
project matches the intent statement for the
applicable standard.

2. Provide options of different strategies to
meet the intent of standards. Developers
may choose the standard which suits the
design of their development best.

3. Use clear diagrams along with photographic
examples to represent standards. Clear
graphics and imagery will provide as much
clarity as possible for developers who are
adapting their projects to meet the objective
design standards.

4. Provide definitions for architectural terms.

For complex architectural terms, the provided
definition will provide clarity where needed,
making the objective design standards
understandable to a variety of audiences.

5. Take into account the context of unique
cities and districts to ensure that standards
are apt. Fieldwork in a variety of contexts
representative of the San Gabriel Valley helped
inform the standards. Different objective
design standards will be applicable in different
contexts, such as smaller scale neighborhoods
versus main street commercial corridors.

House Scale vs. Block Scale
House Scale buildings contribute to a smaller-scale,
neighborhood-oriented environment. These buildings
are generally up to three stories in height, maintain
setbacks from the street or sidewalk, are compatible
with traditional residential patterns, and achieve
densities less than roughly 40-50 units per acre.

House Scale buildings often resemble the massing,
rhythm, and proportions of detached houses, even
when containing multiple units. Objective design
standards which are especially applicable to house
scale buildings include residential privacy, frontage
types like patio, porch, and stoop, and private open
space types. House Scale building types include:
• Multiple detached dwellings on a lot
• Duplexes
• Triplexes
• Fourplexes
• Bungalow Courts
• Courtyard Apartments
• Rowhouses
• Townhouses
• Small-scale mixed-use buildings with
neighborhood-serving ground-floor uses
Block scale buildings contribute to a larger-scale,
urban environment, often occupying most or all of
a city block. These buildings are typically taller and
broader in massing, are built close to or at the street or sidewalk, and create continuous façades that define
the public realm. Block Scale buildings commonly
feature mixed-use configurations, with non-residential
uses on the ground floor and residential units on the
upper stories, supporting active commercial corridors
and higher-density neighborhoods. Objective design
standards which are most applicable to block scale
buildings include building breaks, ground floor
minimum heights, wall plane depth, transparency,
stepbacks, common open space types, and frontage
types such as shopfront and common entry. Block
Scale building types include:
• Mid-rise Buildings
• Podium Buildings
• Wrap Buildings
House and Block Scale Zones

HOUSE AND BLOCK SCALE ZONES
House Scale Zones
Zones that contain buildings that contribute to a smaller-scale, neighborhood-oriented environment. House scale buildings include multiple detached dwellings on a lot, duplexes, triplexes, fourplexes, bungalow courts, courtyard apartments, rowhouses, townhouses, and small-scale mixed-use buildings with neighborhood-serving ground-floor uses.

House Scale Zones include the Medium-High Density Residential Zone (R-3) and the High Density Residential Zone (R-4)
Block Scale Zones
Zones that contain buildings that contribute to a larger-scale, urban environment, often occupying most or all of a city block. Block scale buildings include mid-rise buildings, podium buildings, and wrap buildings.

Block Scale Zones include the General Commercial Zone (C-2) and Downtown Business District Zone (DBD).

Two- to Four- plexes Rowhomes Courtyard Apartments
Podium Mixed-Use Wrap Multiplex
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 7
Introduction
Survey of multifamily residential buildings in the San
Gabriel Valley
Area for potential growth in La Puente
Example of Main Street character in the San Gabriel Valley Area for potential growth in the San Gabriel Valley documents, The Arroyo Group Team was able to glean
five key best practices, which are expounded upon on
the previous page.

Additionally, The Arroyo Group Team conducted
fieldwork within the cities of Sierra Madre, Alhambra,
and Duarte. Exhibit C identifies the specific locations where fieldwork was conducted in each City. In
Exhibit D, The Arroyo Group Team surveyed districts
in each City where growth and development is most
expected, such as the areas shown in images at right,
to determine prevailing character features that may
need to be reflected in objective design standards.

Exhibit E contains a field evaluation of individual
projects in the three cities. Key design issues were
identified for these projects, for consideration when
developing the objective design standards.

Exhibit F identifies other projects in the San Gabriel
Valley which present good examples of the application
of particular design guidelines and/or standards. The
projects include examples of:
• Mixed-use developments with stacked flats
above a ground-floor retail and parking podium
• “Wrap” style residential and mixed-use
developments with stacked flats surrounding
a central parking garage
• Master-planned communities
• Townhome developments
• Side-by-side double duplexes
• Courtyard multifamily developments
Based on research from the Memo, the Regional
Objective Design Standards were developed to
be in alignment with current design guidelines and
standards in the four cities. The Regional document's
design standards reflect successfully designed
projects and built character in the four cities.

Cost Factors
Design standards are essential tools that cities
use to ensure buildings are of high quality, safe,
and visually appealing. However, even the clearest
and most objective standards can add costs and
complexity to projects. If these standards are too
restrictive or numerous, they can drive up housing
costs or even prevent projects before they start.

Therefore, regulating design is a delicate balancing
act between maximizing placemaking, enhancing
overall neighborhood value, and managing
project costs. According to the Association of Bay
Area Governments Objective Design Standards
Handbook, the following types of objective design
standards which impact building massing have the
greatest impact on the cost of developments:
• Requiring of construction materials
• High ground floor ceiling heights
• Frontage types which reduce building square
footages
• Upper floor stepbacks which requires more
complex engineering
• Projecting elements which require
weatherization
• Setback standards
• Requiring certain types of open space, such
as balconies and rooftop decks
In developing the Regional Objective Design
Standards, it was taken into account how specific
design standards could increase housing costs
and impact project feasibility. However, it is also
important to encourage successful, context specific
developments while also prioritizing the economic
feasibility of projects. The Regional Objective Design
Standards were intended to encourage the creation
of high quality, visually appealing buildings that
benefit not only the project's residents but also the
surrounding neighborhood.

STANDARDS DEVELOPMENT PROCESS
Four cities, Sierra Madre, Alhambra, La Puente,
and Duarte, participated in the development of the
SGVCOG's Regional Objective Design Standards.

Each of the four participating cities features a different planning and design context. Diverse input from
the participating cities informed the development
of strong objective design standards which are
applicable across the San Gabriel Valley.

Input from the four participating cities along with
information gathered during the background research
phase form the base of knowledge upon which the
SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards were
developed. The City of La Puente's Objective Design
Standards were adapted from the SGVCOG's Regional
Objective Design Standards. The Arroyo Group Team
created a comprehensive Regional Objective Design
Standards Research Memorandum (attached to this
document as Appendix E) which includes findings
from four areas of research:

1. Existing regulatory context, design standards
and experience implementing design
standards in each city

2. Best practices in objective design standards
from other jurisdictions and regions in
California

3. Fieldwork into the built context and character
of the major growth areas in each of the three
participating cities

4. Identification of existing projects in the San
Gabriel Valley which embody the application
of potential design standards
Exhibit A of the Memo describes existing design
standards in three participating cities, Sierra Madre,
Alhambra, and Duarte. La Puente joined as a
participating City later in the project process, after
our background research was completed. This exhibit
includes all existing objective design standards
and relevant development standards in each City,
organized by topic for comparison.

Exhibit B (Comparison Objective Design Standards)
of the Memo presents an evaluation of other objective
design standards used at the municipal and regional
level. While there is wide variety in the format of these CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 8
Introduction
Duplex - Objective Design Standards Applicable
Mixed Use Development - Objective Design Standards
Applicable
Townhomes - Objective Design Standards Applicable
Multifamily Residential Development - Objective Design
Standards Applicable

STANDARDS APPLICABILITY
The City of La Puente's Objective Design Standards
are designed to apply to projects which qualify
for State laws that may encourage or require the
application of objective design standards in project
review. These projects include:
• All new residential developments with two or
more housing units
• The residential and commercial components
of new construction mixed-use developments
with two or more housing units, where at
least two-thirds of the total square footage
is residential. However, note that per AB
1893, for mixed-use projects with at least 500
units, only 50% of the total square footage in
the project must be residential for objective
design standards to apply
• However, mixed-use projects containing hotel
rooms are excluded.

The standards are also designed to apply to
remodeled buildings where new floor area is added.

In such a case, these standards would apply to those
structures and facades which are being modified
in order to accommodate the new floor area; other
facades or buildings on the site would not be subject
to these standards.

The Objective Design Standards are not applicable
within the following Specific Plan areas:
• Glendora Specific Plan
• Cottrell Ranch Specific Plan
• Sunny Gardens Specific Plan
• Unruh Avenue Specific Plan

INTERPRETATION AND DEVIATION
The next sections contain objective design standards
relating to different topics. The standards are
regulatory objective design standards with which all
applicable developments must comply. Diagrams are
provided for illustrative purposes only.

While the standards have been formulated to be
"uniformly verifiable" as State law sets out, there can nevertheless be differences of opinion about whether
a project has met the standard. For these cases,
Government Code Section 65589.5 (f)(1) states, "...
the development standards, conditions, and policies
shall be applied to facilitate and accommodate
development at the density permitted on the site and
proposed by the development."
Projects are able to deviate from objective design
standards via two processes, depending on whether
the project qualifies for the Planning Commission
Design Review Process or the Staff-Level Design
Review Approval Proccess. Developments which
qualify for the PC Design Review Process wishing to
deviate may receive approval with a variation from the
Planning Commission. Developments which qualify
for the Staff-Level Design Review Approval Process
wishing to deviate may receive approval for the
variation from the Development Services Director.

LOCAL ADOPTION PROCESS
Prior to adoption of these Objective Design
Standards, the City compared all standards to
ensure compatability with the City's Zoning Code
and General Plan. The City of La Puente Objective
Design Standards are formatted as a standalone
document that will be adopted by reference into the
City's Zoning Code. Residential developments for
which objective design standards are applicable shall
comply with the City of La Puente's Objective Design
Standards.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 9
Introduction

DESIGN REVIEW PROCESS
This section outlines how individual projects are to
be reviewed after adoption of the objective design
standards. We cover three potential design review
processes: 1. the Major Site Plan and Design Review
Process; 2. the Streamlined Ministerial Review
process and 3. the Staff-Level Design Review Approval
Process.

1. Major Site Plan and Design Review Process
The Major Site Plan and Design Review process
(Municipal Code (MC) Section 10.94) applies to new
multifamily or mixed-use projects with 3 or more
units or multi-family residential expansion, including
accessory structures, over 25 percent of the existing
gross floor area. The Planning Commission (PC) is
the review authority. The benefits of this process
include allowing public input increasing transparency
through hearings, allowing for limited PC discretion,
and allowing the developer to hear community
concerns and choosing to make voluntary changes
to project design. The findings for the Major Site Plan and Design Review process are based on subjective
guidelines and standards. However, amendments to
the process must be made to comply with State law.

Upon receiving the Major Site Plan and Design
Review application, Development Services staff will
review the application for compliance with zoning
regulations, the General Plan, Objective Design
Standards, and subjective design guidelines adopted
pre-2020. Staff may only consider subjective design
guidelines if they do not reduce density or make
the development infeasible. Following this review,
City staff will make a recommendation to the PC to
approve or deny. If the project needs a variation from
a design standard, staff will recommend an approval
with a variation in to the PC.

The PC may choose to hold an optional public hearing
to approve, approval with a variation, or deny the
application, however, a hearing is required for for
second story residential construction. The PC will
review the application for compliance, similar to Staff review. Per the Housing Accountability Act, the PC
cannot deny or condition a mixed-income application
if it is consistent with the zoning regulations and
General Plan. The PC cannot deny or reduce the
density of a project unless not reducing it would
cause a specific, adverse impact to the project's
surroundings.

2. Minor Site Plan and Design Review Process The
Minor Site Plan and Design Review process applies
to new multifamily projects with 2 units and singlefamily residential construction, including accessory structures. Thsi process provides a faster review
period, more consistent reviews, more certainty in
the review process, and a reduced staffing need with
less Planning Commission hearings.

City staff shall review the project for compliance
with zoning regulations, the General Plan, Objective
Design Standards, and subjective design guidelines
adopted pre-2020. The Director will make a decision
to approve, approve with a varation, or deny.

Per the Housing Accountability Act, the staff cannot
deny or condition a mixed-income application if it is
consistent with the zoning regulations and General
Plan. The staff cannot deny or reduce the density of a
project unless not reducing it would cause a specific,
adverse impact to the project's surroundings.

3. Streamlined Ministerial Review Process
This review process applies to multifamily and mixed
use projects which are being streamlined through SB
4, SB 423, or AB 2011. If the development qualifies
for process #1, it will go through Major Site Plan
and Design Review. If the development qualifies for
process #2, the development will go through Minor
Site Plan and Design Review. The timeline for approval
or denial is within 90 days for developments with 150
units or less, or 180 days for developments with more
than 150 units.

Streamlined Ministerial Review Process
Minor Site Plan and Design Review Approval Process
Major Site Plan and Design Review Process
Staff Review
Compliance with Zoning Regs, Objective Design Standards (ODS), & Pre-2020 Design Guidelines
Application Submittal
Staff Review
Compliance with Zoning Regs, General Plan, Objective Design Standards, and Pre-2020 Design Guidelines
Application Submittal
Approve Deny
Recommendation
to Approve
PC Hearing
Approve Approve with
Variaton Deny
Recommendation
to Deny
Recommendation
to Approve with a Variation
Approve with
Variation
Application Submittal
Qualifies for Major Site Plan and Design
Review
Qualifies for Minor Site Plan and
Design Review
Must abide by streamlined timeline:
90 days for developments with 150 units or less
180 days for developments with more than 150 units.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 10
Section 1: Site Planning and Access
INTENT
Buildings should be placed and oriented to reinforce
a pedestrian-oriented public realm and to establish a
strong visual and physical relationship with adjacent
streets, sidewalks, and open spaces. Site planning
should prioritize pedestrian access and activity by
aligning building frontages along public streets,
paseos, plazas, and other publicly accessible spaces,
and by minimizing blank walls, excessive setbacks,
and parking along street edges. Primary entrances,
active ground-floor uses, and transparent facades
should be oriented toward the public realm to support
walkability, safety, and street vitality.

Site design should emphasize open spaces and
the public realm, enhancing connectivity by linking
building entrances to sidewalks, transit stops, open
spaces, parking areas, and neighboring parcels.

Access points should be legible and well integrated
into the surrounding circulation network, while
vehicular and service access should be designed
to minimize conflicts with pedestrians and reduce
impacts on the public realm. Overall site planning
should activate streets and open spaces and
contribute to a cohesive, human-scaled environment.

STANDARDS
Street Relationships

1.1 The primary entrance to all buildings adjacent to
a public street shall be visible from the sidewalk
and directly connected via a pedestrian pathway

1.2 All projects shall comply with the Frontage Type
Standards in Section 4.

1.3 In house-scale zones, the length of any building
along the primary street shall not exceed 80'.

However if the ground floor is broken by an
opening of at least 10' wide and 10' high, leading
to a visible interior courtyard or other common
open space on the ground level, the building may
continue above one such opening. The length of
any building, along a secondary street shall not
exceed 150'.

1.4 In block-scale zones, the length of any building
along a public street shall not exceed 350'.

1.5 Developments with at least 150' of frontage along
the primary street shall include at least one of the
following open spaces along the primary street:
a. A community plaza, commons, forecourt, or
publicly accessible neighborhood park.
b. A terrace of a minimum 50' deep and 15% of
the primary frontage width above the first
level.
c. A paseo is provided from the primary street,
connecting to a courtyard in the interior of the
site.

All open spaces shall comply with standards
defined in Section 4: and Appendices B and C,
as applicable.

Residential Privacy

1.6 When units face each other through the open air
at a distance of less than 30', windows shall be
offset, or screened with landscaping as shown in
the diagram, at a rate of one tree per 30' of buffer
length. Landscaping shall be of sufficient density
and height to provide effective visual separation
between units. In house scale zones only, this
standard shall also apply to units built to face
existing units on an adjoining property.

1.7 When residential buildings are located within 10'
of one another, windows on the facing building
facades shall avoid unfiltered or direct views by
one or more of the following:
a. Utilize non-transparent or obscured glazing,
such as frosted or patterned glass, glass block,
or non-operable opaque windows. Reflective
glazing is not permitted.
b. Provide permanent architectural screens,
permanent roll-down blinds or affixed louvers
at windows.
c. Utilize clerestory windows a minimum height
of six feet from the ground or floor plate.
d. Inset window or add projecting architectural
feature that creates privacy
e. Offset or stagger windows from each other

1.5: Developments with at least 150' of frontage along
primary street shall include at least one of the following open spaces
Terrace
Community plaza, Commons, Forecourt,
or Publicly Accessible Neighborhood Park
May be located on
corner or midblock
Connects to
Interior Courtyard
Paseo

1.6: Windows within 30 ft offset and screened

1.3: Continuation of a building above an opening leading to a visible interior courtyard or common open space on the ground level.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 11
Section 1: Site Planning and Access
Primary Street
Alley
≥350’
One per project,
or two per project if
>700’ street frontage
Side Street
Primary Street
Alley
Side Street
Permied Vehicular Access Point Location
Preferred Vehicular Access Point Location
Primary Street
Side Street
Alley

1.14: Preferred and permitted vehicular access point
locations
Pedestrian Access

1.8 Pedestrian walkways shall connect all primary
entries to public sidewalks. The Director may
approve a shared pedestrian walkway/vehicular
driveway in house-scale zones, provided that the
walkway is paved with stone , tile or brick, and the
driveway serves no more than eight (8) parking
spaces.

1.9 Pedestrian walkways shall be a minimum of four
feet wide, shall be hard-surfaced, and paved with
concrete, stone, tile, brick or comparable material.

1.10 Where a required walkway is parallel and
adjacent to a driveway or parking space, it must
be separated from the auto travel surface by a
raised curb at least four inches (4") high, bollards,
or other physical barrier.

1.11 The primary entry shall be separated by at least
10' from any driveway or parking space.

Parking Areas

1.12 Surface parking areas shall be shielded from
view of the public right of way by a building or a
landscaped buffer as described in the Frontage
Type Standards in Appendix A.6.

1.13 Parking structures developed as part of a private
development shall not be taller than the buildings
which they serve.

Vehicular Access

1.14 Vehicular access points to parking areas shall
be taken from the side street or alley, if available,
except for projects which meet the following
criteria:
a. 350'-700' primary street frontage - 1 vehicular
access point from the primary street
b. Over 700'+ primary street frontage - 2 vehicular
access points from the primary street
c. Projects with less than 350' of primary frontage
are allowed 1 vehicular access point from the
primary street only if no side street or alley
access is available.

This standard may be waived if the Development
Services Department determines that an
alternate access point is needed for safe traffic
flow, or the Fire Department determines that
additional access points are needed for fire lanes.

1.15 Curb cuts on corner lots shall not be located
closer than 40 feet from a curb return in housescale zones, 80 feet in block-scale zones, or a longer distance on arterial roadways as
established by the Public Works Department.

Where parcel size precludes this standard, the
curb cut shall be located as far from the corner
as possible.

1.16 Notwithstanding standards 1.14 or 1.15, there shall be no curb cuts or vehicular access points on Main
Street between Glendora Avenue and 2nd Street.

1.17 Sharing of driveways between adjacent properties
is permitted and encouraged. Easements shall be
established as necessary.

1.18 Driveways in house-scale zones shall be paved
with concrete or pavers. Areas on driveways that
are paved with permeable pavers may count
toward minimum landscaping or stormwater
retention requirements, provided that they comply
with the standards established in those sections.

1.19 In house-scale zones, a one-way driveway, or
two-way driveway serving up to ten (10) parking
spaces, shall have a minimum 10' and maximum
12' width. A two-way driveway serving between
eleven (11) and twenty (20) parking spaces shall
have a minimum 16' and maximum 22' width.

A two-way driveway serving more than twenty
(20) parking spaces shall have a minimum 20'
and maximum 22' width. The maximum may be
exceeded if required by the Fire Department.

1.20 In block-scale zones, a one-way driveway, or
two-way driveway serving up to ten (10) parking
spaces, shall have a minimum 10' and maximum
12' width. A two-way driveway serving more than
eleven (11) parking spaces shall have a minimum
20' and maximum 22' width. The maximum may
be exceeded if required by the Fire Department.

1.21 Entry door and gates to any parking structure
shall be recessed back from the face of the facade
by a minimum of six inches to add shadow and
visual interest, or by a greater distance from the
sidewalk for traffic safety purposes as required by
the Public Works Department.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 12
Section 2: Building Modulation and Articulation
INTENT
The individual components of each building should
contribute meaningfully to the overall architectural
character, expressing a coherent form and style
consistent with the project’s design vision. Each
project can be classified within one of two defined
scales, House Scale or Block Scale, as outlined in
the introduction.

Within each scale, building articulation should serve
to enrich the external appearance and architectural
identity of the structure while facilitating a thoughtful and seamless transition between the public realm and
private spaces. Modulation and form-making should
convey visual interest and a sense of rhythm, achieved
through a deliberate composition of elements
that reflect both the individuality of the building
and its contextual relationship to the surrounding
architecture. Building form and articulation should
emphasize three-dimensional detailing, create visual
interest on the façade, and foster a built environment
that is contextually responsive.

Standards
Ground Floor Design

2.1 In block-scale zones, buildings of three stories in height or more shall be designed to differentiate a
building’s base from the rest of the structure. The
area designed as the base should correspond to
an area that has a different use from the upper
floors of the building, e.g. retail, lobbies, or
amenities. In the case of a single-use building,
the area designed as a base may correspond to
floor(s) with less private spaces on the frontage,
such as living rooms in a 100% residential building,
or simply the first floor of the structure.

2.2 The effect of differentiation on a building shall be achieved through the use of two or more of the
following:
a. Color, texture, or material changes along the
building facade
b. Variations, projections, or reveals in the wall
plane
c. Variations in fenestration size or pattern
d. Decorative architectural details such as
arcades, pilasters, base courses, belt courses,
or cornices at intermediate levels

2.3 Ground-floor uses along the street frontage shall
be subject to the following minimum clear ceiling
heights:
a. For ground-floor retail uses, the minimum
clear ceiling height shall be 14 feet.
b. For ground-floor office uses, the minimum
clear ceiling height shall be 12 feet.
c. For ground-floor residential uses, the minimum
clear ceiling height shall be 11 feet, or the first
floor shall be raised off ground level such that
the ceiling height is 11 feet above grade.

2.4 Where a daylit basement with an exposed wall
is proposed, a minimum of two of the following
design standards shall be provided along all
street-facing facades:
a. Porches or stoops
b. Material cladding that matches the cladding of
the floors above when located along the same
wall plane
c. A landscape area with a minimum width of
five feet, planted with plant species that, at
maturity, reach the finish floor height above
the basement

2.5 For buildings that provide a top-level stepback,
the stepback shall be a minimum of 10 feet,
measured from the exterior wall plane along each
building façade.

Circulation Design

2.6 Vertical circulation elements, including but not
limited to stairwells, stair shafts, and elevator
shafts, that are located along exterior walls facing
a primary or secondary frontage shall be clearly
expressed as visually identifiable volumes on
the building façade through the incorporation
of at least two of the following objective design
methods:
a. A minimum 2-foot change in wall plane
(projection or recession) along the portion of
the façade containing the vertical circulation
element.
b. A color, texture, or material change that clearly
contrasts with the primary façade material.
c. Decorative architectural detailing, such as
vertical reveals, pilasters, or a consistent
fenestration pattern, applied evenly across the
full height of the vertical circulation volume.
d. A minimum 18-inch variation in the roofline
or roof plane corresponding to the vertical
circulation element.

Architectural Projections

2.7 Architectural projections, including but not limited to architectural pop-outs, canopies, awnings,
balconies, bay windows, eaves, chimneys, and
similar architectural features, shall project a
minimum of 2 feet from the exterior wall plane.

Transparency

2.8 Facades of residential floors shall have a
maximum transparency of 60%. Glazing which
does not meet the visible light transmittance and
external reflectance standards identified in the
"Transparency" definition (see Appendix D) is not
permitted along the facades of residential floors.

2.2: Approaches to base differentiation
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 13
Section 2: Building Modulation and Articulation
Variation in Wall-Plane

2.9 For buildings in house-scale zones any building
façade facing a public street or alley shall include
a minimum of one variation in wall-plane depth
for every 30 feet of façade length along the street.

2.10 The wall-plane variations shall also meet all of
the following requirements:
a. Each wall-plane variation shall project or
recess a minimum of two feet from the
adjacent wall-plane.
b. Wall-plane variation that occur at recessed
balconies are permitted
c. Each wall-plane variation shall extend a
minimum of one full story in height
d. The average depth of all wall-plane variations
across each façade shall be a minimum of four
feet

2.11 For block-scale buildings of three or more
stories, any building façade facing a public street
or alley shall include a minimum of one variation in
wall-plane depth for every 50 feet of façade length
along the street.

2.12 The wall-plane variations shall also meet all of
the following requirements:
a. Each wall-plane variation shall project or
recess a minimum of two feet from the
adjacent wall-plane
b. Wall-plane variation that occur at recessed
balconies are permitted
c. Each wall-plane variation shall have a minimum
height of two full stories. The variation shall
not incorporate the base and upper story,
unless the variation extends for the height of
the entire building.
d. The average depth of all wall-plane variations
across each façade shall be a minimum of four
feet

2.13 Buildings in house-scale zones shall have a
maximum length of blank walls without windows,
doors, or material changes of 25 feet in any
direction.

2.14 Buildings in block-scale zones shall have a
maximum length of blank walls without windows,
doors, or material changes of 35 feet in any
direction.

2.15 The Director may approve an exception to the
wall plane standards (2.6-2.9) when using modular
construction, and when an alternative method is
demonstrated that creates definition, shadow and
depth along a facade.

2.16 Where wall-plane variations occur at balconies,
each balcony shall incorporate a minimum of two
of the following design standards:
a. An accent pattern, material, and/or color
shall be applied to the balcony projection
components and supporting elements to
differentiate them from the primary building
façade
b. An accent pattern, material, and/or color
shall be applied to the balcony’s recessed
wall, typically oriented parallel to the building
façade
c. The balcony floor and railing shall be offset a
minimum of four feet from the adjoining wall
plane on either side of the balcony.

2.11, 2.12: Required wall-plane breaks in block-scale zones 50’
50’
50’
50’
2’ Min.
4’ Avg.

2.9, 2.10: Required wall-plane breaks in house-scale
zones
30’
30’
30’
30’
2’ Min.
4’ Avg.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 14
Section 2: Building Modulation and Articulation
20’
+15’ Max.

New
Construction
Historic
Resource
New
Construction
Historic
Resource
20’

2.19 a,b: Expression Line and Transitional Height adjacent to historic resources

2.19 c,d: Setback requirements adjacent to a historic
resource
c d
Roof Design

2.17 The building roof height or roof form shall have
a minimum of one roof variation for every 50
feet of façade length along the street. Each roof
variation shall meet at least one of the following
requirements:
a. A change in roof plane that results in a
minimum two-foot projection or recession,
measured perpendicular to the façade.
b. A shift in the roof line of 18 inches or greater,
measured vertically from the highest point of
the adjoining roof line(s).
c. The use of a dormer, gable, ridge break, offset
eave, or similar architectural element that
creates a minimum five-foot horizontal break
or relief in the roof plan before continuation of
the primary roof form.

2.18 Roof forms shall terminate in a manner that
accurately expresses the true building volume and
prevents the appearance of a false or enlarged
building mass. All roof terminations shall comply
with the standards in this section.
a. When a sloped roof adjoins a side wall or a
shared lot line, the sloped roof profile shall
terminate directly at the lot line or side wall.

The sloped form shall not wrap, project
beyond, or extend around the adjoining wall
or lot line
b. Flat roof parapets may extend along the rear
façade, side wall, or shared lot line, provided
the parapet accurately reflects the true
building mass and does not imply additional
interior volume
c. Where a roof parapet transitions from or
connects to a sloped roof form, the parapet
shall extend to the point necessary to maintain
the continuity of the sloped roof profile
d. Where a roof parapet extends beyond the
roof plane, the parapet return shall measure a
minimum of six feet (6'), measured horizontally
from the roof edge, before terminating or
changing direction
Design in Proximity to Historic Resources

2.19 The following standards apply to all new
developments located on a site that is directly
adjacent to a designated historical resource:
a. The building façade along the primary or
secondary front of new development shall
incorporate a ground floor expression line or
entablature that aligns with the height of the
corresponding architectural feature on the
adjacent historical resource. Where there are
two existing historical resource buildings abut
the site, the resource with the taller expression
line applies.
b. The height within the first 20 feet of the
development shall be no more than 15 feet
greater than the historic resource.
c. The side setback shall match the side setback
of the historic resource, up to a maximum of
15 feet.
d. The street-facing setback of the 20 feet
adjacent to the historic resource shall be
no less than the average of the minimum
permitted setback on the development
property, and the existing setback of the
historic resource.

2.17 a,b.: Roof form variation options
2’
18”
50’

2.17 c.: Roof form variation options
5’ Min.
50’
a
b
c

2.18 a,c.: Roof termination
50’
6’
a
c
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 15
Guidelines Section 3: Materials, Finishes, and Color
INTENT
The selection of materials, finishes, and colors shall
embody a cohesive visual identity, ensuring that all
architectural elements work in harmony to create
a unified and refined composition. Building colors
and materials should reflect and complement the
character of the surrounding neighborhood.

Materials must be chosen not only for their aesthetic
qualities but also for their enduring performance—
demonstrating resilience, longevity, and ease of
maintenance over time. Color palettes should
contribute to the vibrancy and visual richness of
the community while maintaining compatibility with
adjacent structures and businesses.

Exterior materials and finishes are to be of professional and high-quality grade, appropriately aligned with the
building’s architectural style, scale, and character.

Particular emphasis should be placed on the use
of tactile, human-scaled materials at the building’s
base, where detail, texture, and craftsmanship are
most perceptible to the passerby, thereby enhancing
the pedestrian experience and reinforcing a sense of
material authenticity.

STANDARDS
Materials

3.1 A minimum of two distinct exterior materials shall
be used on any building façade, exclusive of glazing,
railings, trim, or other architectural features. An
exception to this standard may be permitted by
the Director only when a single material is of a
high-quality grade, durable, and is professionally
applied with a finish that demonstrates superior
craftsmanship, texture, and proportional detailing.

3.2 If a base material is utilized, the allowable
materials shall be limited to stone, brick, precast
concrete, or porcelain tile. Refer to Standard 2.1
for designated location of base material. When a
base material is applied, the following standards
shall apply:
a. Heavier materials, including stone, brick and
precast concrete, shall be located below
lighter materials, such as stucco, siding, and
wall paneling, to establish a visually grounded
and structurally appropriate composition
b. Porcelain tile shall be used only as an accent
wall or as a bulkhead material
c. Base materials used as bulkhead shall have a
minimum height of 18” and a maximum height
of 42” for appropriate course sizing and a
human-scale appearance.

3.3 All exterior storefront frames, window frames,
and storefront doors shall match in either material
and color, and/or color and finish. An exception
to this standard shall apply only when a door
is required to comply with the building code to
use a specific glazing or framing material that
would otherwise deviate from this standard; in
such cases, only the color and/or finish shall be
required to remain consistent.

3.4 Accent and trim elements, including but not
limited to window trim and casings, window sills,
door trim and surrounds, lintels, fascia boards,
soffits, brackets, corbels, pilasters, trim moldings,
parapet caps or coping, and trellis or pergola
elements, shall differ from the primary exterior
materials in material, color, or texture.

3.5 Material changes shall not occur at building
corners. The same material shall continue around
the corner for a minimum distance of six (6) feet or
at a logical termination point where the material
shall extend to the next change in the wall plane.

3.3: Consistent color and materials for trim elements

3.1: Superior finish and detail on single-material building

3.6: Material transitions along inside corners or with trim element

3.6 Material transitions shall comply with the
following standards:
a. Material transitions along building facades
shall occur on the inside corners where a
change in plane is present.
b. When material changes occur on the same
plane, the transition shall be delineated by
a trim, cornice, reveal, or other architectural
elements that provide separation between
materials.
c. At the building base or uppermost floors(s),
material transitions shall occur only where a
change in plane is at least two inches from the
primary wall surface.

Finishes

3.7 All exterior wall surfaces shall be finished with
high-quality, durable materials designed and
installed to ensure long-term performance. The
following standards shall apply:
a. Exposed wood materials shall be sealed,
stained, or painted with a weather-resistant
finish
b. Wood siding materials shall be factoryfinished or field-finished in accordance with manufacturer specification
c. Stucco shall be applied using a minimum
three-coat system (scratch, brown, and
finish coats) or a two-coat system over lath,
in accordance with ASTM or manufacturer’s
standards
d. Stone veneer shall be natural or manufactured
masonry units mechanically fastened or
supported by a shelf angle where required
e. Precast concrete panels shall have an integral
color and sealed finish
f. Metal wall panels shall be factory-finished with
a high-performance coating such as a PVDF
(Kynar) or equivalent
g. All exterior paint, stain, or protective coatings
shall have a minimum manufacturer-rated
lifespan of 10 years
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 16
Guidelines Section 3: Materials, Finishes, and Color

3.9: Facade Colors Permitted

3.8 The following exterior materials and finishes shall not be permitted on any building façade:
a. Fluorescent, neon, or reflective colors or
materials shall not be permitted.
b. Unfinished concrete masonry unit (CMU)
block or unfinished precast concrete shall not
be permitted
c. Unfinished lumber or exposed panel sheathing
shall not be permitted
d. Metal, vinyl, or composite materials with a
faux, artificial, or synthetic imitation of natural
materials shall not be permitted
e. Natural materials in their natural state,
including but not limited to stone, brick, or
copper, that are painted or coated with color
shall not be permitted
Color

3.9 No more than two (2) primary colors and two
(2) secondary colors shall be permitted on any
building façade. Primary colors shall be applied
to the main body of the building and its major
volumes, while secondary colors shall be limited
to accentuating architectural elements and
details. The following standards shall apply:
a. Secondary colors shall not exceed 20% of
each facade of the building
b. For block-scale projects, one (1) additional
color may be permitted, which may be applied
as either a primary or secondary color
c. Each masonry, stone, or precast concrete
material incorporated on the building façade
shall count toward the maximum number of
permitted primary or secondary colors
d. Artwork and murals incorporated into the
project shall be exempt from this standard

3.10 Trim, windows, doors, storefront framing
systems, and key architectural features shall differ
in color than the adjacent wall surface.

Character

3.11 For partially submerged parking podiums and
daylit basements that project above grade, the
following material and color standards shall apply:
a. Where basement walls are aligned with the
upper floor levels, then material cladding and/
or color shall match the cladding of the floor(s)
above.
b. Where basement walls are offset from the
upper floor levels, the material shall be distinct
from the remainder of the façade above and
shall project a minimum of 1 inch from the wall
surface, with an appropriate transition detail
provided at the interface.
c. Basement ventilation louvers shall have a color
finish that matches the adjacent basement
walls.

3.12 Materials for mechanical screening elements
shall match the building’s exterior materials,
including roofing material in material and color
and/or color and finish. The material shall be solid
or composed of no more than 23% open area,
evenly distributed. If metal materials are used
for screening, the same exterior finish standards
shall apply in accordance with 3.7.

3.13 Exposed rain gutters and downspouts shall be
finished in an accent color consistent with the
building’s secondary color palette or shall be
concealed by matching the color to the adjacent
exterior walls. All such elements shall comply with
the exterior finish standards set forth in 3.7.

3.10, 3.13 : Contrast colors used to accent and complement color palette of facade

3.14 Roof materials and colors shall complement the
materials and colors of the building façades and
shall provide a durable, weather-resistant finish in
accordance with the following standards:
a. A weather-resistant roofing product rated for
a minimum service life of twenty (20) years,
including but not limited to metal roofing, clay
or concrete tile, slate, architectural asphalt
shingles, or an equivalent material approved
for the project’s climate zone, shall be used for
all primary roof surfaces.
b. All visible roof surfaces shall utilize the same
primary roofing material, except where a
distinct architectural design feature is used,
such as an accent roof, tower element, or
entry overhang.
c. Roof colors shall complement exterior wall
colors, trim, and architectural accent features
across all elevations.
d. Roof colors and finishes shall be limited
to matte, low-sheen, and non-reflective
coatings to reduce glare, unless required to
meet applicable solar-reflectance or cool-roof
standards.

3.15 Vehicles in parking structures shall not be readily visible from a public street or publicly-accessible
open space. Any parking structure along a public
street that is greater than 150 feet long or 20 feet
high along a public street should additionally
conceal vehicles and enhance facade quality
through at least one of the following elements:
a. Large public art element covering the frontage
space allowing
b. Green wall or other landscape covering
c. Louvers with windows
d. Material, fenestration, and detail pattern that
mimics the rest of the development
2 Primary
2 Secondary
1 Secondary
1 Primary
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 17
Section 4: Frontages

4.1, 4.2: Table of frontage types permitted for each use and zoning designation.

Shopfront Frontage Common Entry Frontage
Structured
Parking Frontage
INTENT
The design of a building’s street frontage is among
its most critical elements and is therefore subject
to close regulation. Street frontages play a central
role in shaping an active and safe public realm
by establishing appropriate levels of visibility,
engagement, and privacy based on context and
ground-floor use. Ground-floor commercial frontages
should promote transparency, public visibility, and
permeability, while ground-floor residential frontages
should provide a clear and comfortable transition
from public sidewalks to semi-private outdoor
spaces, entry doors, and interior living areas, with
private bedrooms and more secluded spaces located
away from or above the street frontage. Given the
wide range of ground-floor uses and neighborhood
contexts, this document defines multiple frontage
types, each with tailored standards intended to
support both functional performance and contextual
compatibility.

Street frontages may also be filled with open spaces
per the requirements of Section 5. However, buildings
along such open spaces may also be subject to
frontage requirements (see 4.5).

STANDARDS

4.1 The first floor of each building where a property
line meets a public street right-of-way shall be
designed in accordance with one or more of the
following frontage types permitted in its applicable
zoning district. General guidelines for where each
frontage type is applicable are given in the table.

Each applicant shall submit a diagram indicating
which frontage types are being used in different
portions of each building. Standards for each
frontage type are given in Appendix A.

4.2 Additionally, surface parking along the street
frontage shall be designed in accordance with
the A.6.

4.3 The ground-floor frontage use must comply with
the categories listed for the frontage type.

4.1: Example of the diagram each applicant shall submit indicating which frontage types are being used in different portions of each building.

Frontage Type Frontage Use Zone
Block Scale Zones House Scale
Zones
C-2 - Hacienda
Blvd, Valley
Blvd, Amar Rd,
Azusa Ave
C-2 -
Other
DBD -
Main
St1
DBD -
Other R-3 R-4
A.1 Shopfront Retail, Office,
Residential Amenity

Y Y Y Y N N
A.2 Common Entry Residential Lobby and
Amenity, Office

Y Y N Y N N
A.3 Stoop Residential Y Y N Y N N
A.4 Porch Residential N Y N N Y Y
A.5 Patio Residential N Y N Y Y Y
A.6 Surface parking Parking Y Y N Y N N
A.7 Structured parking Parking Y Y N Y N N
1 Between Glendora Avenue and 3rd Street only, otherwise "Other"

4.4 Frontage type standards are also applicable
to the first- floor frontage of buildings fronting
community plazas, commons and forecourts.

4.5 Required driveways, utility locations, and up to
10% of the length of the building frontage along
the street, with a design approved by the Director,
need not be designed in accordance with frontage
type standards.

4.6 All ground-floor residential units along a public
street frontage shall provide a stoop, porch
or patio in keeping with the standards in A.3,
A.4 and A.5. The Director may exempt projects
from the requirement in each of these frontage
types to provide access from the sidewalk when
compliance is infeasible or impractical.

4.7 Outdoor dining may be permitted on public
sidewalks outside retail frontages subject to
Encroachment Permit and local standards.

4.8 Outdoor dining on private property along a street
frontage shall be separated from the public rightof-way by a permanent wall or movable barrier between 2 and 3.5 feet high.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 18
Section 5: Open Space
INTENT
Open space is an integral part of development,
providing access to natural light and fresh air, and
usable exterior spaces with a mix of active and passive programs providing comprehensive lifestyle offerings
to building users. Successful developments integrate
a diversity of open space types, sizes and functions to serve a broad range of users and interests. While not
all types, sizes and functions can be accommodated
within a single project, projects contribute to a larger, diversified network of connected and walkable open
spaces throughout the surrounding area within
easy access to all residential units. Well-designed
common open spaces form a transition between
public sidewalks and private spaces, enhancing
livability, sociability, and privacy for individual units.

Within these, publicly-accessible common open
spaces increase community interaction, attract nonresident visitors supporting local businesses, and overall create more vibrant places.

STANDARDS
General Open Space

5.1 All projects containing two (2) or more dwelling
units shall include open space, or an aggregated
series of open spaces, that meet the minimum
area requirements established by the City. All
projects containing a multi-family residential
component of four (4) or more units shall include
at least one common open space. All areas that
count toward these requirements:
a. Shall be located outside an enclosed building,
except for building passthroughs.
b. Shall not be used for parking, driveways,
loading, or storage, except for green alleys
that comply with the standards in Appendix B.

5.2 All open spaces that count toward the minimum
area requirements in 9.1 shall satisfy the definition
and the standards of either common open space
or private open space given below.

5.3 City standards related to site design and
landscaping within open spaces shall apply.

Additionally, the use of plant material rated as
low to moderate water use as defined by the
California Water Use Classification of Landscape
Species (WUCOLS) is required for all planted
areas, including tree planting.

5.4 All open spaces shall be thoroughly screened
from abutting residential properties through
planted or structured screening systems, except
for key circulation and connections to adjacent
areas. Refer to Section 8 for further requirements.

Common Open Space

5.5 All areas used to satisfy common open space
requirements shall comply with the minimum
standards of one of the following open space
types. Refer to Appendix B for detailed definitions
and standards of each type.
a. Community Plazas and Commons
b. Neighborhood Parks and Recreational
Amenity Areas
c. Courtyards
d. Building Forecourts
e. Pocket Parks
f. Paseos
g. Building Pass-throughs
h. Alleyways / Green Alleys
i. Shared Yards
j. Terraces and Decks
k. Rooftop Decks
l. Green Roofs

5.6 All common open spaces shall include a
combination of hard paved surfaces and soft
landscaped areas. Refer to Appendix B for spaceby-space landscape requirements for each type of open space

5.7 All common open space areas shall be designed
to mitigate the effects of building glare, daytime
sunlight, and heat by incorporating trees and/or
shade structures, such as arbors and gazebos.

It is encouraged to locate shading in open space
areas where it can be most effective, such as
near seating areas or along circulation routes.

Constructed shade structures or projections from
adjacent buildings shall cover no more than 50% of
any open space, except for building passthroughs.

5.8 Programming intent shall be provided for all
common open space areas. Programming shall
include active and passive types of programming
appropriate to the scale of the development, refer
to Appendix B for space-by-space requirements
for each type of open space. Such programming
may include, but is not limited to:

Passive Programming:
a. Walking / trails
b. Outdoor dining / moveable tables and chairs
c. Fixed seating (small gathering and individual
hang out)
d. Multi-purpose seating / flexible gathering
e. Barbeque and picnic facilities
f. Community gardens
g. Visual / experiential gardens
h. Outdoor art / art walk
i. Open, pastoral green spaces
j. Pop-up or rotating events and activities (eg
Farmer’s markets, seasonal events, etc)
Active Programming:
a. Playgrounds / kids’ play equipment
b. Dog parks
c. Spas and Swimming pools
d. Interactive water features
e. Sports courts (tennis, basketball, pickleball,
etc)
f. Sports fields (baseball, soccer, football, etc).

5.9 Projects on properties greater than 5 acres in
the C-2 zone, or 2 acres in the DBD zone, shall
provide at least one publicly-accessible common
open space that satisfies the standards of one of
the open space types in Tiers 1-4 in the Common
Open Space Summary Matrix.

5.10 All common open space types whose access is
listed as only "Public" in the Common Open Space
Summary Matrix shall be publicly accessible
during business hours of the adjacent use, or
consistent with City park hours of operation,
unless approved by the Director.

5.11 Top of building rooftop spaces (rooftop decks and
green roofs) shall satisfy no more than 25% of the
overall common open space area requirements.

An exception to this standard may be granted for
buildings on lots of 10,000 square feet or less in
block-scale zones.

5.12 In house-scale zones, at least 25% of the overall
common open space area requirements must be
met through ground-level open spaces.

5.13 At the discretion of the Director, up to 25% of the overall common open space area requirements
may be reduced from the project requirements if
they determine that the project effectively uses
a diversity of common open space types and
scales to broaden usership by residents, attract
visitors, support mixed-use development, and
better contextually connect developments to key
adjacent areas.

Private Open Space

5.14 All areas used to satisfy private open space
requirements shall comply with the minimum
standards of one of the following open space
types. Refer to Appendix C for detailed definitions
and standards of each type.
a. Balconies (covered or uncovered)
b. Patios
c. Private Rooftop Decks
d. Private Yards
e. Porches
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 19
Section 5: Open Space
Common Open Space Hierarchy
Common Open Space Summary Matrix
Tier 1: Primary Open Spaces
• Community Plazas and Commons
Space
Tier 2: Secondary Open Spaces
• Neighborhood Parks and Recreational
Amenity Areas
• Courtyards
Tier 3: Tertiary Open Spaces
• Building Forecourts
• Pocket Parks
Tier 4: Open Space Connectors
• Paseos
• Building Passthroughs
• Alleyways / Green Alleys
Tier 5: Privately Accessible Open Spaces
• Shared Yards
• Terraces and Decks
• Rooftop Decks
• Green Roofs
Civic gathering,
flexible event,
shopping,
entertainment, and
central social space
Neighborhood
serving active and
recreation spaces
Local serving small
spaces for social
interaction,
relaxation, and play
Connection +
Placemaking +
Programming
Neighborhood
serving quiet,
intimate spaces
Privatized multi-resident
spaces
SHARED

PRIVATE
LOCAL | NEIGHBORHOOD | COMMUNITY
Common Open Space
Type
Users Zone
Context
Access Development
Frontage
Programming Min. Landscaping Min. Size
Tier 1: Primary Open Spaces
Community Plazas and
Commons
Community Block Public Retail /
Commercial
Passive 25% planted area, tree
planting required
2,500 - 5,000
SF
Tier 2: Secondary Open Spaces
Neighborhood Parks and
Recreational Amenity
Areas
Neighborhood House or
Block
Public or
Shared
Private
Primarily
Residential, All
Uses Allowed
Active / Passive 50% planted area, tree
planting required
1,000 SF
Courtyards Neighborhood House or
Block
Public or
Shared
Private
Primarily
Residential, All
Uses Allowed;
buildings must
define at least two
edges of the space
Primarily Passive 25% planted area, tree
planting required
600 SF
Tier 3: Tertiary Open Spaces
Building Forecourts Local House or
Block
Public or
Shared
Private
All Uses Passive 25% planted area, tree
planting required
200 SF
Pocket Parks Local House or
Block
Public or
Shared
Private
Primarily
Residential
Active / Passive 50% planted area, tree
planting required
360 SF
Tier 4: Open Space Connectors
Paseos Connection House or
Block
Public All Uses Passive 15% planted area, no tree
planting requirements
15' wide or
wider for fire
access
Building Passthroughs Connection House or
Block
Public All Uses Passive No planted area or tree
planting requirements
10' wide
Alleyways / Green Alleys Connection House or
Block
Public All Uses Passive Planting areas encouraged
but not required, no tree
planting requirements
20' wide
Tier 5: Privately Accessible Open Spaces
Shared Yards Local House Shared
Private
Residential Passive / Light
Active
15% planted area, tree
planting required
Various
requirements
based on lot
size
Terraces and Decks Local House or
Block
Shared
Private
Residential Passive / Light
Active
15% planted area, tree
planting encouraged but not
required
360 SF
Rooftop Decks Local House or
Block
Shared
Private
Residential Passive / Light
Active
15% planted area, tree
planting encouraged but not
required
25% deck
area house
scale zone,
75% deck
area block
scale zone
Green Roofs Local House or
Block
Shared
Private
Residential N/A 75% planted area, tree
planting encouraged but not
required
Full rooftop
minus edge
setbacks
Tier 1: Primary Open Spaces
• Community Plazas and Commons
Tier 2: Secondary Open Spaces
• Neighborhood Parks and Recreational
Amenity Areas
• Courtyards
Tier 3: Tertiary Open Spaces
• Building Forecourts
• Pocket Parks
Tier 4: Open Space Connectors
• Paseos
• Building Passthroughs
• Alleyways / Green Alleys
Tier 5: Privately Accessible Open Spaces
• Shared Yards
• Terraces and Decks
• Rooftop Decks
• Green Roofs
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 20
Section 6: Entries
INTENT
Primary building entries should be clearly identifiable, well articulated, and oriented toward the public realm
in order to support pedestrian activity and intuitive
wayfinding. Entries should be located along public
sidewalks, paseos, plazas, or other publicly accessible open spaces, and should establish a direct, visible
connection between the building interior and
surrounding streets and open spaces. Architectural
elements, lighting, signage, and changes in material
or form should be used to emphasize entry locations
and create a welcoming, human-scaled arrival
experience.

Building entries should be integrated with pedestrian
circulation systems and should be designed to
minimize conflicts with vehicular access and service
areas. Where buildings include multiple entrances,
primary pedestrian entries should be distinguished
from secondary or service entries through placement,
design, and orientation. Overall, entries should
reinforce street activation, enhance safety through
visibility and activity, and contribute to an active,
engaging public realm.

STANDARDS
Entry Locations

6.1 Primary entries to any nonresidential use, and any
primary residential entry serving multiple units,
shall be emphasized and oriented to the street,
or common open spaces categorized under Tiers
1-4 in Section 5. Secondary entries may be from
parking areas, the rear of the building or alleys.

6.2 Residential entrances serving more than one
unit shall enter into a lobby, mailroom, shared
vestibule or community space.

Entry Design

6.3 Primary sidewalk entrances to public-serving
commercial uses shall be unlocked for the entire
duration that the commercial facility is open.

6.4 Primary building entrances shall incorporate two
or more of the following design elements:
a. A change in wall plane - recessed or projecting
- of a minimum of three feet
b. Wall articulation, such as pilasters or cornices,
trim element, or additional painted or relief
detail around the entry
c. A canopy or awning above the building entry
with a minimum projection of 2 feet from the
wall plane and a minimum width equal to the
width of the entry door.
d. Break in the building massing or a portal
enabling visibility into a courtyard that provides
access to units.
e. Transparent windows or openings enabling
visibility into interior spaces (a minimum
ground floor transparency of 50% within 20 ft
of entrance).
f. A landing, deck, or stoop with a minimum
depth of six feet and minimum width of eight
feet, if allowed by the appropriate Frontage
Type. Ensures visibility into lobbies or units,
making the entry more inviting and active.

6.5 In mixed use projects, when residential and
commercial uses are combined in the same
structure, separate entrances shall be provided
for each use. To improve wayfinding, different
entrance design elements (from the menu in 6.5)
or different application of these elements shall
be used for residential and commercial uses.

Entries can be accessed from an alley, courtyard,
or on a side street on sites with two or more street
exposures.

6.6 Additionally, primary building entrances, such
as lobby entrances, shall be highlighted through
greater transparency than other portions of
the façade, and/or a lighting strategy which
emphasizes this location. Building/user
identification or address signage shall also be
provided in the vicinity of the entrance.

6.4: Building entry accentuated with wall articulation, massing break and portal interior courtyard

6.6: Separate entrances provided for mixed use
developments

6.4: Building entry accentuated with corner location, 6.8: Hidden security grille wall articulation, projecting element and increased
transparency
Security Features

6.7 Security gates and grilles, and their associated
housing mechanisms, shall be fully concealed
from the public right-of-way during business
hours. Additionally, any such gate or grille shall be
at least 75% open and transparent when deployed.

6.8 Permanent security bars and metal doors are
prohibited on ground floor entries and anywhere
on the ground-floor street or public open space
frontage.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 21
Section 7: Exterior Lighting
INTENT
Exterior lighting should be designed to promote
high-quality illumination while ensuring the efficient
use of energy to minimize light pollution, glare, and
light trespass. Each project should have adequate
lighting to support safety and visibility, with particular emphasis on walkways, driveways, building entrances,
parking areas, and open spaces.

All exterior lighting fixtures should be decorative
in nature and compatible with the architectural
character of the building. Site lighting should be
arranged and shielded to prevent adverse impacts
on surrounding or neighboring properties. Where
appropriate, accent lighting may be incorporated to
highlight key architectural or landscape features and
enhance the overall nighttime environment without
generating glare or spillover.

STANDARDS

7.1 Lighting along exterior walkways, driveways,
building entrances, and parking surfaces shall
provide a minimum illumination level of 1.0 footcandle and shall not exceed 3.0 foot-candles, measured at the finished surface during hours of
darkness, defined as one-half hour before dusk
until one-half hour after dawn.

7.2 Lighting type, placement, and orientation shall
be designed to prevent direct glare onto adjoining
properties, public rights-of-way, and the night sky.

All site and building lighting shall be designed,
located, and lamped to comply with the following
requirements:
a. Illumination levels shall not exceed 0.3 footcandles measured beyond any property line boundary
b. Not less than 90 percent of all light output
shall be directed downward
c. All exterior lighting fixtures shall be fully
shielded and shall incorporate blinders,
shades, or comparable devices to prevent
glare and light spill onto adjacent properties

7.3 All exterior lighting shall be equipped with
automatic dusk-to-dawn control systems which
may include sensors, timers, motion detectors, or
equivalent automatic shut-off controls.

7.4 The following lighting types and design features
shall not be permitted on any building:
a. Strip lighting concealed or inserted within
building wall planes, or installed within roof
eaves, shall not be permitted.
b. Spot lighting or broadcast lighting shall not be
permitted
c. Animated or flashing lighting shall not be
permitted
d. Uplighting on residential dwelling units shall
not be permitted, except for focused or accent
lighting solely to highlight specific architectural
features of a building.

7.5 All exterior lighting shall use light sources with a correlated color temperature of 3000 Kelvin or
lower to minimize blue-light emissions.

7.6 Landscape lighting fixtures shall not exceed
four feet in height when located within planting
areas or along pedestrian pathways and shall be
setback a minimum of five feet in any direction
from residential windows, patios, or private open
spaces.

0.3 Foot Candles
Max.

Fully Shielded
1 - 3 Foot Candles
Min. - Max.

P/L
≥ 90% Light
Directed Down

7.2: Illumination Standards
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 22
Section 8: Walls and Fences
INTENT
Walls and fencing serve an important role in shaping a
cohesive and pedestrian-oriented environment. Their
use supports property protection, enhances privacy,
reduces noise, and contributes to an attractive
visual setting. Walls and fences are appropriate for
screening automobile parking, loading and storage
areas, utility equipment, and for buffering residential uses from adjacent activities.

These features should remain as low as practicable
while still fulfilling their screening and security
functions. When used as screening elements, walls
and fencing should be designed to complement
the site’s architectural character and incorporate
architectural detailing consistent with the overall
development. Wherever feasible, landscaping should
be integrated with wall and fencing design to soften
visual impact, reinforce site aesthetics, and improve
the public realm.

STANDARDS
Screening

8.1 Surface parking lots and open parking structures
shall be screened from public streets and adjacent
residential properties by a continuous fence, wall,
and/or landscape buffer. All required fencing and
wall elements shall be designed in accordance
with the applicable frontage type standards as
identified in Appendix A.

Wall and Fence Height

8.2 Walls, including retaining walls, and fencing shall not exceed 42 inches in height when located
within 20 feet of the front property line or edge
of any public street right-of-way, whichever is
greater, and shall not exceed 6 feet in height
within required interior setbacks. All required
fencing and wall elements shall be designed in
accordance with the applicable frontage type
standards as identified in Appendix A.

8.3 An exception to the maximum fence height within
20 feet of the front property line or edge of any
public street right-of-way, whichever is greater,
may be approved by the Director when such fence
surrounds a common open space. The fencing
shall be visually transparent, decorative and
appropriate to the context and needed access
controls.

8.4 The following fence elements are permitted
to exceed the maximum height specified in 8.2
by no more than 12 inches, inclusive of pilaster
caps, post caps, and integrated lighting fixtures,
and shall comply with the following dimensional
requirements:
a. Wood, metal, or vinyl (PVC) post shall not
exceed 6 inches by 6 inches in cross-section
b. Masonry or concrete post / pilaster shall not
exceed 18 inch by 18 inch in cross-section
c. Fence posts shall be spaced a minimum of 6
feet apart, measured on-center
d. Fence elements shall be compatible in
material and/or color with the materials or
architectural features used on the building(s)
located on the site.

Design of Walls and Fences

8.5 All exposed walls shall incorporate a treated
architectural finish, including, but not limited to,
smooth-formed concrete, sandblasted concrete,
exposed aggregate concrete, brick veneer, splitface masonry, decorative stone veneer, or a stucco-applied finish. Alternative materials or
finishes that are compatible with and integrated
into the design of on-site buildings may be
permitted, subject to approval by the applicable
reviewing authority.

8.6 All fencing materials shall be constructed of
treated wood, powder-coated or galvanized steel,
wrought iron, or high-quality composite materials.

Vinyl or plastic fencing, barbed wire, razor wire, and
electric security fencing shall not be permitted.

Chain-link fencing shall not be permitted, except
when used temporarily for construction or site
security during active construction activities. 8.2, 8.3: Maximum wall and fence height

SECTION
Front Yard
20’
P/L
Interior
Setback
12” Max.
42” Max.

Retaining Wall
72” Max.

8.7 Retaining walls shall be designed such that all
exposed surfaces incorporate an architectural
finish consistent with the materials and treatments
identified in 8.5.

8.8 Fencing materials shall not utilize reflective,
glossy, or glaring finishes or colors.

Location of Walls and Fences

8.9 All fencing shall be installed with the finished
side oriented toward public streets and adjacent
properties.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 23
Section 9: Loading Areas, Trash and Utilities
INTENT
The design and placement of loading areas, trash
enclosures, and utility equipment shall incorporate
effective screening techniques to minimize visual,
noise, and privacy impacts on surrounding properties
and public rights-of-way. These elements shall
contribute to an orderly and visually cohesive site
environment. To support a high-quality pedestrian
realm, commercial loading areas and trash
enclosures shall be enclosed or otherwise screened
and positioned out of view from public streets to the
greatest extent feasible. Utility meters, electrical
panels, transformers, and comparable equipment
shall be sited in a manner that respects the experience of the public realm and adjacent buildings, and,
when possible, located away from primary building
frontages.

STANDARDS
Commercial Loading Areas

9.1 In mixed-use projects, loading areas shall be
permitted only for projects with non-residential
uses that exceed 10,000 square feet of total floor
area.

Screening Loading Areas

9.2 Commercial loading areas shall be screened
from surrounding properties and public rightsof-way by a fence, wall, and/or landscape buffer designed to minimize visual, noise, and privacy
impacts. Commercial loading areas shall be
located and accessed from secondary or tertiary
streets where feasible, and shall not be located
along a primary street frontage.

Trash Enclosures & Location

9.3 All refuse, solid waste, recycling, compost, and
green waste bins or containers shall be fully
screened on all sides from public rights-of-way
by a solid fence or wall with a minimum height of
five and one-half (5½) feet. Trash enclosures may
include one or more solid access gates, which
shall remain closed at all times except during
active loading or unloading operations.

9.4 Trash enclosures shall be located within two
hundred (200) feet of an access point to the
building they serve and shall not be located in any
of the following areas:
a. Within 25 feet of a required front or street-side
setback
b. Between any building and the public street or
sidewalk
c. Within required landscaped areas, pedestrian
pathways, driveways, or common open space
areas
d. Within any required parking space
Utility Location

9.5 Roof-mounted equipment shall be fully screened
by parapets or other roof structures that are at
least as tall as the highest part of the mechanical
equipment, or the equipment shall be set back
a minimum of 10 feet from the roof edge. Roofmounted solar energy systems and panels may be permitted without screening, subject to approval
by the applicable reviewing authority.

9.6 All attached and free-standing equipment shall
be fully screened from public view by fencing or
landscaping that is equal to or greater in height
than the highest point of the equipment, or painted
to match the adjacent building structure. If any of
these options is prohibited by applicable building,
fire, electrical, or plumbing codes, an alternate
option shall be used. Where fencing is used for
screening, adequate clearance and access gates
shall be provided in compliance with applicable
codes. Electric vehicle charging equipment shall
be exempt from this requirement.

9.4: Trash enclosure location standards
Required
Parking
Driveway
Trash
Enclosure
200’ Max.
25’
Required Setback

9.3: Loading area provided an alley avoid street exposure CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 24
Appendix A: Frontage Standards
Required Dimensions
Depth, Recessed
Entries (A)
5 ft max., behind
building shopfront line
Distance
Between Windows (B) 20 ft max.

Distance Between
Entries (C)
75 ft max. in the DBD
zone. No requirement
in the C-2 zone.

Continuation of
Shopfront Frontage
Type around corner (D)
25 ft min.

Height, Bulkhead (E) 1.5 ft. min, 2 ft max.

Building setback from
property line (F)
0 ft min., 1.5 ft max. in
the DBD zone, except
when using open space
type. In the C-2 zone,
min setback of the
zone, no max.

Awning Depth (G) 6 ft min
Awning Height (H)
9 ft min., max. is the
midpoint between the
top of highest window
of the ground floor and
the window sill of the
second
Transparency, Ground
Floor 65% min.

Other Standards
Per CalGreen building code, awnings are required
on all south-facing storefronts.

Ground-floor elevation shall be level with adjacent
sidewalk at the entry.

Notes
The Planning Division and Public Works Department
may reduce the allowed awning depth if warranted
by local conditions.

A.1 Shopfront
Applicable Uses: Retail, Office, Residential Amenity
The main façade of the building is near the right-of-way with an at-grade entrance along the sidewalk.

This frontage type is intended for active ground floor uses and has substantial glazing at the ground level.

Awnings should be incorporated unless site conditions or design strategy preclude them.

A
B
C
H
E
D
G
F
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 25
Appendix A: Frontage Standards
Other Standards
Planting width may be filled with movable planter
boxes or with landscaping planted in the ground.

Planter boxes and landscaping may not block
any of the required minimum transparency of the
frontage.

Pathway between sidewalk and entry shall be
direct.

A.2 Common Entry
Applicable Uses: Residential Lobby and Amenity, Office
This frontage type is intended for office, civic or residential uses which are accessed through centralized building or site entries located directly on the sidewalk. The entry enters into a lobby, community room or reception area. Between entries, individual offices, gyms, meeting rooms and other such spaces line the ground-floor frontage. In developments with ground-floor office uses, common space areas are oriented toward the street in order to ensure compatibility with a transparent frontage.

Required Dimensions
Distance Between
Entries (A) 100 ft max.

Width, Entries (B) 5 ft min., 15 ft max.

Depth, Recessed
Entries (C) 1.5 ft min., 8 ft max.

Width, Landscaping (D) 3 ft min., 20 ft max.

Building Setback from
Property Line (E)
Min setback applicable
to the zone. 10 ft max. in
block-scale zones, 20 ft
in house-scale zones.

Awning Depth (F) 2 ft min.

Awning Height (G) 9 ft min.

Transparency, Ground
Floor 55%
A
F
G B
C
D
E
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 26
Appendix A: Frontage Standards
Other Standards
Stoop shall serve a single residential unit or
building entry.

Reasonable accommodation shall be provided as
appropriate.

Stairs may be perpendicular or parallel to the
building façade.

Entry doors shall be covered or recessed.

All yard areas adjacent to stoops shall be filled with
landscaping, and all semi-subterranean parking
areas shall be hidden with landscaping.

The Director may exempt projects from the
requirement in each of these frontage types to
provide access from the sidewalk when compliance
is infeasible or impractical.

A.3 Stoop
Applicable Uses: Residential
The main facade of the building is near the right-of-way and the stoop engages the sidewalk. This frontage type is elevated above the sidewalk to ensure privacy within the building. The entrance is usually an exterior stair and landing.

Required Dimensions
Width, Clear (A) 4 ft min., 10 ft max.

Depth, Clear (B) 4 ft min., 8 ft max.

Depth,
Recessed Entries (C) 6 ft max.

Finish Level above
Sidewalk (D) 1 ft min., 4 ft max.

Building Setback from
Right-of- Way (E)
Min setback applicable
to the zone.

Stoop Setback from
Right- of-Way (F)
3 ft min., 10 ft max., in
block-scale zones.
5 ft min., 10 ft max.,
in house-zones
Transparency, Ground
Floor 35% min.

A
E
D
F
B
C
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 27
Appendix A: Frontage Standards
Other Standards
Porch shall serve a single residential unit or
building entry.

Porch shall be open to the air on the front and at
least one other side.

Reasonable accommodation shall be provided as
appropriate.

Stairs shall be perpendicular to the building
façade.

Entry doors shall be covered or recessed.

All yard areas adjacent to porches shall be filled
with landscaping, and all semi-subterranean
parking areas shall be hidden with landscaping.

The Director may exempt projects from the
requirement in each of these frontage types to
provide access from the sidewalk when compliance
is infeasible or impractical.

A.4 Porch
Applicable Uses: Residential
The front door is accessed through a decently-sized, covered outdoor living area which provides an opportunity for seating and "eyes on the street," while maintaining significant privacy for residents. The porch accentuates residential character and provides a unifying element between single-family and modest-density multifamily structures within house-scale neighborhoods.

Required Dimensions
Width, Clear (A) 10 ft min.

Depth, Clear (B) 6 ft min., 10 ft max.

Finish Level above
Sidewalk (C) 1 ft min., 4 ft max.

Distance Between
Porch Elements And
Right-of-Way (D)
5 ft min., Max. is the
min. setback of the
zone
Building Setback from
Right-of- Way (E)
Min setback applicable
to the zone.

Transparency, Ground
Floor 35% min.

B
E
C
D
A
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 28
Appendix A: Frontage Standards
Other Standards
Patio shall serve a single residential unit or building entry.

Pedestrian access area may have a gate.

Entry doors shall be covered or recessed.

If counted toward minimum open space
requirements, patio shall comply with "Patio" open
space type standards.

The Director may exempt projects from the
requirement in each of these frontage types to
provide access from the sidewalk when compliance
is infeasible or impractical.

A.5 Patio
Applicable Uses: Residential
Ground-floor residential units are located at-grade, but to ensure an appropriate transition between public space and the unit itself, the area between the sidewalk and building becomes an enclosed private patio, visually open to the street.

Required Dimensions
Width, Clear (A) 15 ft min.

Depth, Clear (B) 6 ft min., 10 ft max.

Depth, Recessed
Entries (C) 6 ft max.

Building Setback from
Property Line (D)
Min setback applicable
to the zone. but no less
than 10 ft.,
15 ft max.

Pedestrian Access (E) 3 ft min.,6 ft max.

Width, Landscaping (F) 2 ft min.

Height of Fence/Wall
(G) 1 ft min., 3.5 ft max.

G
D
F
C
B
E
A
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 29
Appendix A: Frontage Standards
A.6 Surface Parking
Parking may be supplied on the surface or in subterranean, podium or above-ground structured configurations. Where appropriate, a limited amount of the street frontage may be used for surface parking.

In these cases, the parking is screened by a wall and landscaping.

Other Standards
Parking access locations are subject to the
standards set in Section 4.10.

Where this frontage type is not permitted, surface
parking may not be located along the frontage of
the project. Only a driveway accessing parking
located behind another building on the site is
permitted.

Walls shall be opaque and made of masonry.

Use of a filter strip, infiltration trench or other
stormwater best management practice is
encouraged over raised landscape planters.

Required Dimensions
Parking Facility Width
(A) as a function of Lot
Width (B)
30% max (primary
street), 50% max (side
street), up to 150 ft
Width, Landscaping (C) 3 ft min.

Wall Height (D) 3 ft min., 4 ft max.

B
A
D
C
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 30
Appendix A: Frontage Standards
Other Standards
Structured parking garage frontages taller than
20 ft, if allowed, shall be screened or enhanced as
described in 3.15.

Where this frontage type is not permitted,
structured parking may not be located along
the ground-floor frontage of the project. Only
a driveway accessing parking located behind
another building on the site is permitted.

A.7 Structured Parking
Structured parking may occupy a limited portion of the frontage of a building in certain areas. The height is limited and design shields from direct view of cars, while also providing softening through landscaping and limited transparency. Unlike the other frontage types, these regulations apply to structured parking on any floor of the building along a public street frontage (e.g. the second floor of a mixed-use podium building).

Required Dimensions
Parking Facility Width
(A) as a function of Lot
Width (B)
30% max (primary
street), 50% max (side
street), up to 150 ft
Width of Landscaping
on Frontage (C) 5 ft min.

Transparency, Parking
Structure
Ground Floor
15% min, equally
distributed across
structured parking
elevation.

All transparent
openings along the
ground-floor of a
building shall be
softened by
landscaping, louvers
or similar strategy.

Structured Parking
Height along frontage
(D)
20 ft max., (primary
street)
B
A
D
C
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 31
B.1 Community Plazas and Commons
Spacious hardscaped plaza or open lawn area for civic gathering, entertainment, flexible events, and local destination; a primary community-wide amenity, focal point, and attractor intended to extend the public realm, draw in outside guests, support local retail or commercial development within the community, and be an overall central space for community interaction and events.

Appendix B: Common Open Space Types
Size: Community Plazas to be at least 50 feet x 50 feet, Commons to be at least 5,000 square feet with one side
at least 50 feet. Typically, the largest and most significant open space in a development and top of the open space
hierarchy.

Location & Application: located at ground level, adjacent to or visible from a primary roadway and in a centralized development location or at the confluence of major
circulation routes. Spaces should be highly visible and the centerpiece of the development.

Development Frontage: ground floor retail or commercial uses.

Access & Usage: publicly accessible. Permitted to
provide barrier controls to limit public access to the
space after business hours or at night consistent with city park hours of operation. Pedestrian thoroughfare and
connectivity required on at least one side of the space to key circulation routes and destinations within and outside the development.

Landscape: include a minimum of 25% planted areas and
a minimum of one 24-inch box tree for every 500 square
feet of common open space for the first 2,500 square feet, then one 24-inch box tree for every 1,000 square feet of common open space thereafter.

Programming: generally more passive uses, intended to
support community gathering, flexible events, shopping, entertainment, and other community-wide destination uses that don’t include recreation or other active programming typically reserved for parks and recreational amenity areas.

Refer to Section 9.8 for shortlist of potential programming options to consider when planning the space.

Additional Requirements: n/a.

Common Open Space Hierarchy
Tier 1: Primary Open Spaces
• Community Plazas and Commons
Space
Tier 2: Secondary Open Spaces
• Neighborhood Parks and Recreational
Amenity Areas
• Courtyards
Tier 3: Tertiary Open Spaces
• Building Forecourts
• Pocket Parks
Tier 4: Open Space Connectors
• Paseos
• Building Passthroughs
• Alleyways / Green Alleys
Tier 5: Privately Accessible Open Spaces
• Shared Yards
• Terraces and Decks
• Rooftop Decks
• Green Roofs
Civic gathering,
flexible event,
shopping,
entertainment, and
central social space
Neighborhood
serving active and
recreation spaces
Local serving small
spaces for social
interaction,
relaxation, and play
Connection +
Placemaking +
Programming
Neighborhood
serving quiet,
intimate spaces
Privatized multi-resident
spaces
SHARED

PRIVATE
LOCAL | NEIGHBORHOOD | COMMUNITY
Tier 1: Primary Open Spaces
• Community Plazas and Commons
Tier 2: Secondary Open Spaces
• Neighborhood Parks and Recreational
Amenity Areas
• Courtyards
Tier 3: Tertiary Open Spaces
• Building Forecourts
• Pocket Parks
Tier 4: Open Space Connectors
• Paseos
• Building Passthroughs
• Alleyways / Green Alleys
Tier 5: Privately Accessible Open Spaces
• Shared Yards
• Terraces and Decks
• Rooftop Decks
• Green Roofs
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 32
B.3 Courtyards
An open, unroofed outdoor area, often paved, that is partially or completely enclosed by the walls of adjacent buildings, providing a semi-private, secluded outdoor space for light, air, relaxation, or gathering.

B.2 Neighborhood Parks and and Recreational Amenity Areas Accessible local parks and recreation spaces offering nearby residents places for activity, exercise, play, and community connection, featuring amenities like outdoor seating and shade, green spaces, recreational facilities, barbeques/picnic, and more. They serve as essential neighborhood hubs for physical activity, social interaction, and easy access to nature, fostering healthier, more resilient communities. Designed for people living in the surrounding residential developments, usually within a quarter-mile radius or less.

Appendix B: Common Open Space Types
Size: spaces can vary significantly in size / shape but shall have a minimum area of 1,000 square feet and a minimum
dimension of 25 feet in each direction.

Location & Application: located at ground level, to be
visible from an adjacent roadway or primary circulation route. Spaces intended to be accessible for all residents within a 1320' radius (1/4 mile, 5-minute walk) and can be a single space or a distributed series of spaces as required to serve the full development.

Development Frontage: primarily residential uses, can
also include small or limited ground floor retail / commercial uses required to support park / amenity area programming, eg. corner shops, small cafes, vending kiosks, etc.

Access & Usage: publicly or privately accessible. Permitted to provide barrier controls to limit public access to the space after business hours or at night consistent with city park hours of operation. Public street with sidewalk, or pedestrian walkway of at least 15’ width required on at least one side of the space connecting to key circulation routes and destinations within and outside the development.

Landscape: include a minimum of 50% planted areas and
a minimum of one 24-inch box tree for every 500 square
feet of common open space for the first 2,500 square
feet, then one 24-inch box tree for every 1,000 square feet of common open space thereafter. Exceptions may be
given for small spaces dedicated to dense, more active
programming that provide significant community benefit.

Programming: primarily active uses with focus on serving resident recreation, activity, and social needs including sports courts, kids play, community swimming pools,
picnic and barbeques, etc. Refer to 5.8 for shortlist of potential programming options to consider when planning the space.

Additional Requirements: n/a.

Size: spaces shall have a minimum area of 600 square feet and a minimum dimension of at least 20' wide, with secondary dimensions relative to the height of the abutting building(s) wall.

Secondary dimensions shall be: up to 2.5 stories = 30’ wide, 3 to 5 stories = at least 40’ wide, 6 to 8 stories = at least 1/2 the height of the tallest wall.

Location & Application: located at ground level, buildings shall define at least two edges of the courtyard space. Courtyards encouraged to be accessible from a primary roadway when requiring public access, otherwise discretionary for private access but should comply with and support all frontage and building break requirements (e.g. visibility from public street required when using paseo and Courtyard to comply with
building break standard 1.3).

Development Frontage: primarily residential uses, can also include small or limited ground floor retail / commercial uses required to support Courtyard programming, eg. corner shops, small cafes, vending kiosks, etc.

Access & Usage: publicly or privately accessible when in residential frontage conditions, publicly accessible when in retail or commercial frontage conditions. Permitted to provide barrier controls to limit public access to the space after business hours or at night consistent with city park hours of operation.

No specific pedestrian thoroughfare requirements for this type of space but linking Courtyard spaces to other open spaces, including other Courtyards, is always encouraged.

Landscape: include a minimum of 25% planted areas and a minimum of one 24-inch box tree for every 500 square feet of common open space for the first 2,500 square feet, then one 24-inch box tree for every 1,000 square feet of common open space thereafter.

Programming: more passive uses focused on fulfilling resident needs for quiet, intimate spaces serving as tranquil areas for relaxation, connection to nature, socializing, dining, or gardening, while also improving a building's microclimate and aesthetics by integrating indoor/outdoor living. The physical spaces may vary significantly from hardscape type courtyard plazas to more heavily planted courtyard gardens. Refer to 5.8 for shortlist of potential programming options to consider when planning the space.

Additional Requirements: n/a.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 33
B.5 Pocket Parks
Small public green space, tucked into residential community areas offering residents a nearby spot for quite relaxation, play, socializing, or enjoying nature, where there may not otherwise be any park areas or space to fit them. Pocket Parks can be various sizes and shapes and can be used to transform otherwise underutilized areas into valuable community assets with seating, greening, and pathways.

B.4 Forecourts
Open, paved area directly in front of a multi-family residential or mixed-use building, serving as an entrance, gathering space, waiting / seating area, and pre-entrance space to the lobby, creating a grand approach and welcoming entry for visitors to the building. It functions as a front courtyard or terrace, designed to enhance the building's appeal and manage pedestrian flow into and out of the building Appendix B: Common Open Space Types
Size: spaces shall have a minimum area of 200 square
feet and a minimum dimension of 10 feet in each direction.

Location & Application: located on the ground floor in
front of or adjacent to a residential building entrance/lobby, a retail entrance, or an office lobby.

Development Frontage: residential, retail, or commercial uses.

Access & Usage: publicly accessible. Forecourts to
provide pedestrian walkway connections to public realm
facing sidewalks / walkways and any vehicular drop-off
zones.

Programming: primarily passive uses, including fixed
and loose seating, shaded outdoor waiting areas, and
transition spaces into and out of the building. Refer to 5.8 for shortlist of potential programming options to consider when planning the space.

Additional Requirements: n/a.

Size: spaces shall have a minimum area of 360 square
feet and a minimum dimension of 15 feet in each direction.

Location & Application: located at ground level,
these smaller spaces are encouraged to be distributed
throughout the development to provide easily accessible open space opportunities to residents without needing
a sizable footprint for a full park. Spaces may also be located in any leftover or undevelopable site areas to serve residential units that may not have or are distant from any other common open spaces. Ideally some measure of
smaller open spaces shall be available within a 3 min walk of all residential units, or roughly 800 feet.

Development Frontage: primarily residential uses,
offering open space opportunities where they are most
needed and available.

Access & Usage: publicly accessible when in retail or
commercial frontage conditions; publicly or privately
accessible when in residential frontage conditions.

Permitted to provide barrier controls to limit public access to the space after business hours or at night consistent with city park hours of operation. Encouraged to link pocket parks to other open spaces areas through secondary
connection systems.

Programming: a broad range of active and passive uses
to be allowed in these small, compact spaces for a more flexible distribution of communal open space needs within the development. From simple, contemplative green
spaces to more targeted recreation amenities including
exercise and kids’ play areas, overall programming to take a comprehensive, community-wide view and utilize available space accordingly. Refer to 5.8 for shortlist of potential programming options to consider when planning the space.

Additional Requirements: n/a.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 34
B.7 Passthroughs
Privately owned and maintained passageways or hallways through interior building spaces that are opened to the public and connect key adjacent open spaces and interior building spaces. Pass-through spaces are often activated to further extend the network of open spaces while also blending connectivity.

B.6 Paseos
Publicly accessible, pedestrian-only pathways used to connect adjacent open spaces and create a larger district-wide network of connected and walkable spaces. Paseos can also be unique linear places programmed with elements and activities to also activate the linear stretches between larger open spaces.

Paseos can include a hierarchy of widths and scales to create a rich network of major to minor connectors.

Appendix B: Common Open Space Types
Size: minimum 15’ wide, or wider as required for fire/ life safety access.

Location & Application: located at ground level,
new connections intended to break up large blocks
of development and create more pedestrian porosity,
walkability, and programming opportunities, required
to connect to public street frontage or common open
space at one end minimum, preferably both ends. Any
programming applied within the corridor must maintain a walkable clearance of at least 6’ wide.

Development Frontage: residential, retail, or commercial uses.

Access & Usage: publicly accessible. Permitted to provide barrier controls to limit public access to the space after business hours or at night consistent with city park hours of operation.

Landscape: include a minimum of 15% planted areas, no
tree planting requirements.

Programming: primarily passive uses, including furniture, building spill-out areas, outdoor dining, flexible vending, seasonal decoration, moveable planters, and other
non-permanent or semi-permanent uses that can be
relocated as required. Refer to 5.8 for shortlist of potential programming options to consider when planning the space.

Additional Requirements: n/a.

Size: minimum 10’ wide or complying with interior building requirements, whichever is wider.

Location & Application: located at ground level,
new connections intended to break up large blocks
of development and create more pedestrian porosity,
walkability, and programming opportunities through
interior building spaces creating public access, required to connect to public street frontage or common open space
at one end minimum, preferably both ends. Any usable
programming within the corridor must maintain a walkable clearance of at least 6’ wide.

Development Frontage: residential, retail, or commercial uses.

Access & Usage: publicly accessible. Permitted to provide barrier controls to limit public access to the space after business hours or at night consistent with city park hours of operation.

Landscape: no planted area or tree planting requirements.

Additional Requirements: n/a
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 35
B.8 Alley Walkways / Green Alleys
Existing vehicular corridors for building access and back-of-house services repurposed to become more activated, pedestrian friendly spaces, creating another layer of connection, exploration and discovery.

Art, seating, lighting, greening and reduction of impermeable paving all help soften and create more comfortable pedestrian spaces. Scheduled daily closure of the alley to vehicular traffic can prioritize pedestrian walkability but still maintain access for local deliveries and services during off hour times.

Appendix B: Common Open Space Types
Size: typically existing, to comply with local roadway / vehicular access standards for new developments or minimum 20’ wide for fire life safety access, whichever is greater.

Location & Application: utilize existing alleyways to create more pedestrian porosity, walkability, and programming
opportunities, may only be counted toward open space
requirements in block-scale or commercial zones, and spaces must exclude regular parking access and have time-limited vehicular access for service/back-of-house access; corridor spaces must be for primarily pedestrian use to count toward open space requirements. Any programming applied within the corridor must maintain a drivable clearance of at least 20’ wide.

Development Frontage: residential, retail, or commercial back-of-house frontage.

Access & Usage: publicly accessible. Permitted to provide barrier controls to limit public access to the space after business hours or at night consistent with city park hours of operation. Also acceptable to limit vehicular access to designed times of the day / night to prioritize pedestrian circulation during peak hours.

Landscape: planting areas encouraged but not required, no tree planting requirements.

Programming: primarily passive uses, including furniture, building spill-out areas, outdoor dining, flexible vending, seasonal decoration, moveable planters, and other nonpermanent or semi-permanent uses that can be relocated as required. Art and lighting encouraged to add expressive placemaking layers to the back-of-house spaces. Creating opportunities for landscape and greening is also encouraged to help soften spaces and promote other environmental
benefits such as stormwater management, infiltration, filtering pollutants, and habitat creation.

Additional Requirements: use of permeable paving systems encouraged but not required. Asphalt paving prohibited. See parking access and service/back-of-house restrictions to being considered open space as noted above.

B.9 Shared Yards
An outdoor area associated with a grouping of homes or buildings, meant for the exclusive use of those occupants, kept separate from public or overall community access, often enclosed by fences/walls for seclusion, offering a personal outdoor retreat for relaxation or recreation away from public view. Spaces include back and side yards and are not for general community use, though legal privacy levels can depend on visibility from neighbors.

Size: at least 50% of lot dimension in one direction, and at least 25% of lot dimension, or 15’, whichever is greater, in perpendicular direction.

Location& Application: located at ground level in front, back, or side yard areas surrounding and accessible from the residential unit(s).

Development Frontage: multi-family residential and
individual residential units, frontage may also include residential supporting amenities such as recreation rooms, lounges, gyms, etc assuming there is egress to the yards from residential units at some points.

Access & Usage: privately accessible, shared between
multiple residential units.

Landscape: include a minimum of 25% planted areas and
a minimum of one 24-inch box tree.

Programming: passive residential uses such as outdoor
dining, barbequing, hosting and event spill-out, casual gathering, yard games, gardening, general recreation, and other uses appropriate for private-use communal spaces
shared between multiple residents, light active uses such as communal swimming pools and spas are allowed and
where space allows.

Additional Requirements: n/a.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 36
B.10 Terraces and Decks
A usable open air space on top of a building, shared among building residents, used for recreation, gathering, or relaxing, offering a pleasant space for outdoor activities and views with features like furniture, plants, and other amenities, distinct from a patio by being raised above the surrounding grade or built on an exterior building level, offering an elevated vantage point and expansive views.

Appendix B: Common Open Space Types
Size: spaces shall have a minimum area of 360 square feet and a minimum dimension of 15 feet in each direction.

Location & Application: located on upper building floors (usually the second floor or higher) on flattened external areas, interfacing and accessible from adjacent residential unit(s). Spaces may also be located on dedicated ground floor areas that are elevated as communal outdoor spaces, or on garage podiums. Decks shall be set back a minimum of 6’ from any building edge overlooking a lower-density residential development.

Development Frontage: multi-family residential units,
or residential supporting amenities such as recreation
rooms, lounges, gyms, etc assuming there is egress to
the terrace and deck areas from residential units at some points. Terraces and Decks may front on patios when over podium conditions.

Access & Usage: privately accessible, shared between
multiple residential units.

Landscape: include a minimum of 15% planted areas, tree planting encouraged but not required.

Programming: passive residential uses such as outdoor
dining, barbequing, hosting and event spill-out, casual gathering, deck games, gardening, general recreation, and other uses appropriate for private-use communal spaces
shared between multiple residents, light active uses such as communal swimming pools and spas are allowed and
where space allows.

Additional Requirements: pergola, trellis, and/or
permanent shade device are allowed, the covering height for any structures not to exceed 12’ in height. Any shade devices that exceed the height limit of the district shall be stepped back at least 10’ from any street-facing façade.

Solid roofing is not allowed over the deck space, except for roof projections from the adjacent building.

B.11 Rooftop Decks:

A paved, usable outdoor space located on a building's rooftop, shared among building residents, providing areas for relaxation, dining, or entertainment. A rooftop deck is distinct from terraces and decks in that it is found on the building’s topmost roof level whereas the others are typically found on lower building levels, on podiums, or at ground level. A popular amenity for residential developments, turning underutilized rooftop areas into functional outdoor spaces. Rooftop spaces may also contain specialized on-structure planters to add greening, shade, and softscape amenities.

Size: minimum same as Terraces and Decks, maximum
of total roof area for projects in house scale zones, 75% of total roof area for projects in block-scale zones. Ability to count toward minimum open space requirements limited
by standard 5.9.

Location & Application: top of building rooftops. Decks shall be set back a minimum of 6’ from any building edge overlooking a lower-density residential development.

Development Frontage: does not typically include
residential fronting units at the rooftop level but may include residential amenity uses extending up to the rooftop level, eg. recreation rooms, lounges, gyms, etc.

Access & Usage: privately accessible, shared between
multiple residential units.

Landscape: include a minimum of 15% planted areas, tree planting encouraged but not required.

Solid roofing is not allowed over the deck space.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 37
B.12 Green Roofs
A building roof partially or fully covered with vegetation and a growing medium (like engineered soil), creating a natural, functional ecosystem on a structure. These multi-layered on-structure systems help mange stormwater, reduce heat, improve air quality, and provide habitats, acting as an extension of the building's landscape to offer environmental and economic benefits like energy savings and longer roof life.

Differentiated from a rooftop deck, terrace, or podium deck by not directly serving or meant to be used by residents, often with a passive or visual only function related to resident engagement.

Appendix B: Common Open Space Types
Size: full rooftop spaces are permitted for use minus edge setbacks requirements. Any rooftop areas proposed to
be accessible for residents must not encroach into the
minimum planting area requirements for this space. Ability to count toward minimum open space requirements limited by standard 5.9; additionally, green roofs may fulfill only up to 50% of a projects common open space requirement.

Location & Application: top of building rooftops. Decks shall be set back a minimum of 6’ from any building edge overlooking a lower-density residential development.

Development Frontage: typically there would be no
building uses fronting this space except for access to the rooftop deck.

Access & Usage: typically not accessible to residents
but small areas can be made privately accessible shared between multiple residential units.

Landscape: a minimum of 75% of deck area must be
planted with groundcover / shrubs. No specific tree
planting requirements, but tree planting encouraged where soil depth allows.

Programming: mostly inaccessible for use, limited areas that are accessible to have similar passive uses to terraces and decks.

Additional Requirements: n/a.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 38
C.2 Patios
A paved, ground-level or podium-level outdoor space that is connected to a residential unit, or in close proximity, for exclusive use of that residence. Patios can be accompanied by surrounding yards as part of the larger private outdoor open space but can also be limited to just the immediate patio space for more urban living conditions.

C.1 Balconies (covered or uncovered)
An elevated, private outdoor space that extends the living area, offers fresh air, natural light, and views, while also adding aesthetic appeal, functioning as a mini-garden, relaxation nook, or dining spot. It serves as an extension of the home, bringing the outdoors in without requiring a yard, making it ideal for urban living conditions.

Appendix C: Private Open Space Types
Size: at least 5’ in any direction, to accommodate seating and a table.

Location & Application: located on upper floors (usually the second floor or higher), directly attached to the outside of the residential unit(s), and can be architecturally covered or uncovered.

Development Frontage: multi-family residential and
individual residential units.

Access & Usage: privately accessible, for a single
residential unit.

Landscape: allowed to be fully hardscape paved, no
planted area or tree planting requirements.

Programming: intended to extend the living space for
limited passive uses like outdoor dining, relaxation, views outward, etc.

Additional Requirements: encouraged for guardrail on
longest side to be visually transparent (i.e. no solid walls) Size: at least 6’ deep, to accommodate outdoor furniture, and at least 15’ wide.

Location & Application: located at the ground floor or
podium-level in fully residential conditions, or podiumlevel only in mixed-use development conditions where retail/commercial uses are occupying the ground floor.

Patios are typically connected directly to the associated residential unit and can also be included within a larger surrounding yard on the ground floor.

Development Frontage: multi-family residential and
individual residential units.

Access & Usage: privately accessible, for a single
residential unit.

Landscape: allowed to be fully hardscape paved, no
planted area or tree planting requirements.

Programming: intended to extend the living space outside for limited passive uses like outdoor dining, barbeque, relaxation, casual gathering, gardening, etc.

Additional Requirements: n/a.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 39
C.4 Private Yards
An outdoor area directly associated with a home or building, meant for the exclusive use of its occupants, kept separate from public access, often enclosed by fences/walls for seclusion, offering a personal outdoor retreat for relaxation or recreation away from public view. Spaces include front, back, or side yards and are for private use.

C.3 Private Rooftop Decks
A private, usable outdoor space built on a building's rooftop areas, providing areas for relaxation, dining, or entertainment. A popular amenity for residential developments, turning underutilized roof areas into functional outdoor spaces for residents. Rooftop spaces may also contain specialized on-structure planters to add greening and softscape areas.

Appendix C: Private Open Space Types
Size: at least 10’ in any direction, to allow the deck to function as an outdoor room.

Location & Application: located on upper building floors (usually the second floor or higher) on flattened external areas, interfacing and accessible from an adjacent
residential unit.

Development Frontage: multi-family residential and
individual residential units.

Access & Usage: privately accessible, for a single
residential unit.

Landscape: allowed to be fully hardscape paved, no
planted area or tree planting requirements.

Programming: intended to extend the living space
for limited passive uses like outdoor dining, barbeque, relaxation, views outward, etc.

Additional Requirements: Any shade devices that exceed
the height limit of the district shall be stepped back at least 10’ from any street-facing façade.

Size: at least 50% of lot dimension in one direction, and at least 25% of lot dimension, or 15’, whichever is greater, in perpendicular direction.

Location & Application: located at ground level in back or side yard areas surrounding and accessible from a
residential unit.

Development Frontage: individual residential unit.

Access & Usage: privately accessible, for a single
residential unit.

Landscape: include a minimum of 25% planted areas and
a minimum of one 24-inch box tree.

Programming: intended to extend the living space outside for limited passive uses like outdoor dining, barbeque, relaxation, casual gathering, gardening, etc. Yard areas may include a patio with the overall yard space.

Additional Requirements: n/a.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 40
C.5 Porches
A porch is a larger, often roofed structure at the front door, extending along the house, designed for outdoor living with furniture, railings, and columns, making it a functional extension of the home. Porches are for leisure and architectural grandeur.

Size: Between 6’ and 10’ deep and at least 10’ wide, in conformity with standards in A.4.

Location & Application: Along the street frontage, within parameters given in A.4.

Development Frontage: Individual residential unit within a single-family or multifamily building.

Access & Usage: privately accessible, for a single
residential unit.

Landscape: No planted area or tree requirements.

Programming: intended to extend the living space outside and provide "eyes on the street". Limited passive uses such as relaxation, casual gatherings and views to the street.

Additional Requirements: n/a.

Appendix C: Private Open Space Types
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 41

DEFINITIONS
Alley: A narrow service way, either public or private,
that provides a permanently reserved but secondary
means of public access. Alleys typically are located
along rear property lines.

Arcade: Also known as Colonnades. A linear
sequence of arches supported on piers or columns
which provide a covered walkway.

Architectural Features: Towers, gables, spires,
chimneys, and other such architectural elements
which are not part of the structure of the building.

Architectural Projection: An element that articulates
the building elevations, such as architectural popouts, pot shelves, balconies, bay windows, eaves, enhanced window sills, shutter details, window trim,
chimneys, and similar architectural features, but does
not include patio covers, porches, trellises, or other
accessory structures.

Belt Course: Also known as a stringcourse or band
course. A continuous, horizontal band of masonry,
stone, plaster, or other material that runs across a
building façade. It typically projects slightly from the wall plane or is distinguished through material, color, or texture. Its purpose is to visually divide the façade into horizontal layers, helping to articulate massing
and break down the building’s scale.

Building Break In Mass: A deliberate architectural
interruption in the overall bulk, scale, or continuous
form of a building façade or volume.

Building Face: The outside elevation of the occupiable
portion of the building.

Building Façade: The exterior face or elevation of
a building, typically referring to one of its principal sides.

Common Area: The area within the development
hat is not designated as a residential dwelling unit,
which is owned in common by property owner(s)
in the development, and which is available for
common use or enjoyment by all property owners
in the development and their invitees. Examples
include: common parking facilities, private streets,
recreational areas, landscaped areas, open space
areas and natural areas.

Cornice: A exterior trim located at the top of a building façade or wall, designed to visually “cap,” finish, or
crown the structure. It typically extends outward from
the wall plane to create a strong shadow line and
provide a clear termination to the façade.

Daylit Basement: A walk-out basement, usually
situated on a slope, where part of the floor is above
ground. Typically with a doorway or window opening
to the outside.

Depth: Wherever it is not directly illustrated, depth
refers to the distance inward (away from outer edge)
from a facade or other surface.

Driveway: A private roadway or access way providing
vehicular access to a parking space, parking lot,
garage, dwelling, or other structure.

Entablature: A superstructure which lies horizontal
upon pilasters or columns, and is composed of an
architrave, frieze, and cornice.

Fence: A solid or open barrier other than a wall above
ground intended to enclose or mark a boundary made
of materials such as wood, metal, other composite
materials.

Flashing: Sheet metal or other material used to cover
open joints of exterior construction on a roof, such as roof valley joints or roof parapet joints, to ensure they are waterproof.

Foot-candle: A unit of illuminance or light intensity.

The name conveys the illuminance cast on a surface
by a one-candela source one foot away. Alternatively,
it can be defined as the illuminance on a one-square
foot surface of which there is a uniformly distributed
flux of one lumen.

Gable End: When the ridge line of a gable-roofed
house is perpendicular to the street, the roof is said
to be a “gable-end roof.” This refers to both the gable and the wall below it.

Gable Roof: A roof with two (2) slopes—front and
rear—joining at a single ridge line parallel to the
entrance facade.

Appendix D: Definitions
Architectural Feature Example: Towers, gables, and
chimneys pictured.

Architectural Projection Example: Pop-outs, balconies,
window sills, shutter details, and chimneys pictured.

Base Course: The lowest horizontal band or layer of
material along the bottom portion of a building façade.

It functions as a visually distinct base that grounds the building and differentiates the ground level from the
upper wall planes. A base course often uses heavier,
more durable, or more textured materials—such
as stone, brick, concrete, or masonry—to convey
structural stability and withstand physical wear.

Base Course (bottom), Belt Course (middle), Cornice
(top) Example
Bedroom: Any habitable room other than a bathroom,
kitchen, dining room, living room or family room.

Entablature Example
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 42
Ground Floor Expression Line: A horizontal molding,
projection, or other boundary articulating one portion
of a façade from the portion above.

Hardscape: Any impervious paved surface including
concrete or asphalt.

Hemmed: As it relates to metal wall panels, the edge
of a single piece of metal that is folded over onto itself to create a smooth, reinforced, and safe finish.

Hip Roof: A roof with four sloped sides. The sides
meet at a ridge at the center of the roof. Two (2) of the sides are trapezoidal in shape, while the remaining
two (2) sides are triangular, and thus meet the ridge
at its end-points.

Louvers: A series of slanted panels that control the
sound, light, and airflow in a building, which typically covers plenums and other ventilation openings.

Louvers typically block rain, debris, and direct
sun.

Massing: A unified composition of two-dimensional
shapes or three-dimensional volumes, especially one
that has or gives the impression of weight, density,
and bulk.

Open Space: Any parcel or area of land or water set
aside, dedicated, designated, or reserved for public
or private use or enjoyment.

Pane: One of the divisions of a window or door
consisting of a single unit of glass set in a frame.

Parapet: A low wall, located at the top of any sudden
drop in elevation, such as at the top of a building’s
facade.

Appendix D: Definitions
Ground Floor Expression Line Example
Parkway: A vehicular passageway that provides
access and circulation from a street access point
into and through a parking lot to parking aisles and
between parking areas.

Paseo: A public place or path designed for walking;
usually tree-lined, such as a promenade or avenue.

Porch: A covered pedestrian entrance to a building,
open on all three sides, which is located on the first
floor level.

Porte-cochere: A vehicular passageway leading
through a building or screen wall into an interior
courtyard; or a porch roof projecting over a driveway
at the entrance to a building and sheltering those
getting in or out of vehicles.

Primary Entry: The main entrance to any building, or
space within a building which is not internally linked to other spaces within a building, such as an individual
residential unit or retail storefront. Secondary
building entries and exits which are for emergency
egress purposes only or linkages between spaces in
a building do not qualify as primary entrances.

Primary Material: A material used to clad the exterior
of a building as distinct from accent materials used in architectural details or features.

Primary Street: Among all streets bounding a
property, the street with the highest roadway
classification as defined in the City's General Plan.

In the case that multiple streets bounding a property
have the same roadway classification, the primary
street shall be the addressed street, or as determined
by the Development Services Director.

Private Open Space: Any space on a lot not
enclosed in a building that is designed for leisure use. “Private open space” may include yards, courtyards,
balconies, decks, and patios, but shall not include
driveways, aisles, parking areas, side yard less than
five feet wide, or any portion of the required front yard setback.

Reveal: A narrow, intentional recess, groove, or
setback in a wall plane that creates a visible line of
separation or shadow. Reveals are used to articulate
a façade, break up large surfaces, emphasize joints,
or provide visual depth without altering the overall
mass of a building.

Private Open Space and Reveal Example: Courts, decks,
patios, and reveal pictured.

Riding and hiking trails: A trail or way designed for
and used by equestrians, pedestrians and cyclists
using non-motorized bicycles.

Right-of-way: A corridor, either public or private, on
which a right of passage has been recorded.

Roof Deck: Common or private open space on the
uppermost roof-level of a building.

Setback: The distance from a defined point or line
governing the placement of buildings, structures,
parking, or uses on a lot. A line established by this
section to govern the placement of buildings with
respect to streets, drives, buildings, sidewalks, or
property lines. Interior setbacks are measured from
the side or rear property lines. Street setbacks are
measured from property lines.

Shared Parking: The shared use of off-street parking
facilities by more than one type of land use. The same
parking spaces are counted to satisfy the off- street
parking requirements of more than one land use,
e.g., use of the same parking facility to satisfy the offstreet parking requirements of a church and an office building.

Side Street: Any street bounding a property which is
not the Primary Street.

Stoop: A raised platform, approached by steps and
sometimes having a roof, at the entrance of a dwelling
unit.

Street: A public or private vehicular right-of-way,
other than an alley or driveway, including both local
streets and arterial highways.

Swimming Pool: An artificial body of water having
a depth in excess of eighteen (18) inches, designed,
constructed and used for swimming, dipping or
immersion purposes by men, women, or children.

Tooling: As it relates to mortar joints, is the process of compressing and shaping the fresh (partially set)
mortar with a metal tool to create a dense, weatherresistant finish and a specific appearance.

Transition Detail: A designed connection, junction,
or interface condition where two different materials,
surfaces, building elements, or façade systems
meet, such as reveals, flashing, control joints, coping, sealant joints, or trim boards.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 43
Ground
Floor
Upper
Floor
2’
10’
Floor Level
Floor Level
Transparency Measurement
Appendix D: Definitions
Transparency: The percentage of the façade area on
a particular floor that consists of transparent glass.

For the ground floor, this percentage is calculated
as the transparent glass façade area between two
and ten feet above finished grade divided by the
total façade area within this same vertical range. For
upper floors, this percentage is calculated as the
transparent glass façade area divided by the total
façade area between the floor level and the floor level of the next floor above.

To be transparent, window and door glazing shall
promote natural daylight transmission while
maintaining a low-reflective glazing appearance. The
minimum Visible Transmittance (VT) value for groundfloor glazing is 0.50, and the minimum VT value for upper-floor glazing is 0.30. Should the Building Code
prohibit glazing that meets these VT values, the
glazing with the maximum available VT value shall be
used.

Usable Area: A relatively flat area having a slope of
less than five (5) percent in any direction within the
required setbacks.

Use: The purpose for which land or building is
occupied, arranged, designed or intended, or for
which either land or building is or may be occupied
or maintained.

Walls: A barrier intended to mark a boundary that
presents a continuous surface except where pierced
with gates, doorways or decorative masonry. A wall
is usually constructed of concrete block, brick,
concrete, stucco, or a combination thereof.

Wall Plane: A continuous, flat surface of a wall,
uninterrupted by major changes in direction,
projection, or recess. It represents one “face” or
“segment” of a building’s exterior or interior wall
system and is typically defined by consistent
alignment, material, and structural direction.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 44
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum 1 This memorandum is submitted in fulfillment of Task 2.1 (Research) of our Scope of Work for Regional Objective Design Standards in the San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments. Background research was undertaken for three participating cities: Duarte, Alhambra, and Sierra Madre. The memorandum is based around three areas of research:

1. Existing regulatory context, design standards and experience implementing design standards in each city

2. Best practices in objective design standards from other jurisdictions and regions in California

3. Fieldwork into the built context and character of the major growth areas in each of the three participating cities

4. Identification of existing projects in the San Gabriel Valley which embody the application of potential design standards
Participating Cities Design Standards
Exhibit A describes existing design standards in each of the three participating cities. The table is organized by topic, helping us compare and contrast these standards. Relevant development standards are also included.

Duarte has the largest collection of design guidelines and standards currently on its books. The architectural and design standards in its Municipal Code which apply to all residential zones cover a wide variety of topics. This is also true of its Duarte Station and Town Center Specific Plans, which were both prepared by the City and together comprise the entirety of areas zoned for high-density (>30 du/ac) residential and mixed-use development. In all three documents, design topics are addressed with a mix of objective standards and subjective guidelines. While the subjective guidelines are not enforceable for denial of a project, or for evaluation through a ministerial project approval process, they do provide a good sense of the intent for each of these areas, and they will form a solid starting-off point for the writing of objective design standards.

Memo of ODS | The Arroyo Group
SGV COG Objective Design Standards
25 September 2025
Regional Objective Design Standards Research
Memorandum
To:

Brielle Salazar, Regional Housing Trust Manager
Rosalie Lansing, Management Aide
Jois Talla, Management Aide
(SGVCOG)
From:

Philip Burns, Principal and Project Manager
(The Arroyo Group)
CC:

Clare Lin, Planning Manager
Joshua Wolf, Senior Planner
Katelyn Huang, Assistant Planner
(City of Sierra Madre)
Maia McCurley, Principal Planner
Megan Wu, Associate Planner
(City of Alhambra)
Craig Hensley, Community Development Director
Jason Golding, Planning Manager
(City of Duarte)
Memo of ODS | The Arroyo Group
SGV COG Objective Design Standards
12 September 2025
2 Based on design review comment letters submitted by the City, Duarte has a mix of large-scale/institutional and mid-sized projects, with accompanying differences in the level of sophistication in design. Key issues cited in the comment letters include materiality and cohesion between colors/materials, lack of articulation/human-scaled design, appropriate use of architectural styles. The City is looking for more prescriptive and stringent standards which can address these issues.

Since the creation of the Design Review Board in 1989, Alhambra has remained committed to promoting architectural and urban design excellence through a structured and thoughtful design review process. In support of this ongoing mission, the City has recently conducted training sessions for both Board members and City staff. These sessions aim to enhance the design review process by providing guidance on assessing the completeness of architectural drawings, recognizing prevalent architectural styles, and understanding key architectural terminology. Through its continued experience, the City has recognized that the design review process serves as a vital tool for regulating aspects of design not typically addressed through other review procedures. These include considerations of the street character, neighborhood compatibility, and the cohesion of the built environment. The Design Review Board places particular importance on several key design principles: fostering human-scale street connections, ensuring building massing and scale are respectful of adjacent structures, maintaining internal consistency within architectural styles, and selecting materials and details that contribute to authenticity, durability, and contextual appropriateness. However, there are inherent challenges with this type of review: subjective reviews which can be inconsistent based on the members of the Board or the circumstances of the moment. Now the City is making the adjustment to objective design standards, first with a starter list included in its recent comprehensive zoning code update, and now with an effort concurrent to this one to develop a full set of design standards.

Sierra Madre possesses a list of mostly discretionary design guidelines for its commercial and multi-family zones. The City’s unique village-like character is reinforced, however, by strict height limits and standards relating to second- and third-story articulation. The City also implemented development standards related to open space, setbacks, stepbacks and other massing and site planning considerations for its recent high density multifamily zones (20-30 du/ac) and its Religious Housing Overlay. The City has had few recent multifamily applications and little experience with design review.

Comparison Objective Design Standards
Exhibit B presents an evaluation of other objective design standards used at the municipal and regional level. While there is wide variety in the format of these documents, some of the key best practices that we gleaned from the analysis are to:
• Provide guidelines or statements of intent along with objective standards • Provide options of different strategies to meet the intent of standards • Use clear diagrams along with photographic examples to represent standards • Provide definitions for architectural terms
• Take into account the context of unique cities and districts to ensure that standards are apt The analysis contained here will help inform the RODS outline to be prepared in the next phase of the process.

Fieldwork
We conducted fieldwork to document the built character of projects and districts to fulfill two different purposes.

Locations of conducted fieldwork are presented in Exhibit C.

In Exhibit D, we surveyed districts where growth and development are most expected, to determine prevailing character features that may want to be reflected in objective design standards. Across the surveyed districts, building stock generally ranges from the 1920s through the 1980s, with Alhambra’s Main Street and Garfield areas showing the oldest and most historically significant structures (1920s–1950s, many with façade renovations), while Duarte’s Huntington Drive and Sierra Madre’s Esperanza/Suffolk corridors primarily feature mid-century commercial forms (1950s–1980s) with limited upkeep. Overall conditions are mixed but lean toward fair to good, with visible signs of aging such as roof wear, dated façades, and minimal modernization, though repainting and signage updates are common. Sierra Madre is CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 45
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Memo of ODS | The Arroyo Group
SGV COG Objective Design Standards
12 September 2025
3 also notable for its modest character with possible historic elements.

Exhibit E contains a field evaluation of individual projects. The individual projects in Alhambra, Duarte, and Sierra Madre reveal a mix of building types reflecting different eras and design intentions. Alhambra’s McLean and Stoneman sites (102, 116, and 630 Stoneman) are early-2000s multifamily developments, generally well-maintained with consistent façades, landscaping, and no historic significance, while Benito Avenue represents a newer 2010s residential project with a more contemporary form. By comparison, the Solana Duarte Station, Huntington Apartments, and Olivia projects represent larger-scale, transit-oriented multifamily complexes, emphasizing modern amenities and height. Sierra Madre’s Esperanza Avenue project is smaller in scale, rooted in mid-century residential fabric with modest upgrades.

Together, these typologies span from suburban-style multifamily housing to urban mixed-use infill and larger transitoriented developments, underscoring how different forms of reinvestment address local context, density goals, and market era.

As a part of this review of individual projects, we surveyed the cluster of recent (2000-present) mixed-use projects in and around the Central Business District of Alhambra. These projects give us a window into what aspects of design have been more and less successful, and how to guide future design standards for high-density mixed-use urban infill in the San Gabriel Valley. The West Main District features a collection of mixed-use developments constructed over the past 25 years, with the notable exception of a historic Art Deco building dating back to 1926. Collectively, these developments serve as a focal point that attracts visitors to the surrounding public spaces. The buildings typically exhibit a substantial base massing, where commercial activities are concentrated, while residential units are elevated on a podium level set back from the primary thoroughfares which creates a more private and secluded residential environment. Architectural elements such as arched openings and cylindrical facades are commonly used to emphasize primary entry points. The buildings also demonstrate a consistent design language, often characterized by neutral tones on the main façades, complemented by vibrant accent colors on elements such as railings and shading structures. The pedestrian environment is overall harsh and dull with a lack of softscape or landscaping at street level and limited transparency to the indoor activities or program that adds to the semi-public experience. In conclusion, this cluster of mixed-use buildings are modest and simple in their design and building form, yet still offers a balance between residential, commercial and regional spaces within a single location.

Identification of Other Projects
We also identified other projects in the San Gabriel Valley which present good examples of the application of particular design guidelines and/or standards. The projects, shown in Exhibit F, include examples of:
• Mixed-use developments with stacked flats above a ground-floor retail and parking podium • “Wrap” style residential and mixed-use developments with stacked flats surrounding a central parking garage • Master-planned communities
• Townhome developments
• Side-by-side double duplexes
• Courtyard multifamily developments
These projects represent potential resources that we can use to illustrate potential design standards to the public and in the final document.

Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Site Planning and Access
Connectivity
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Development that occurs in future phases shall identify and design building, open space, and circulation networks to seamlessly link with existing development. An example of this would be siting buildings and pathways to facilitate visual and physical connections from the southern edge of the Specific Plan area to the linear park and internal circulation associated with Phase I.

Connectivity to Metro Station:

There shall be at least two pedestrian connections from the Specific Plan area to the station platform adjacent to the fare gates, subject to California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) and Metro approval.

The connections shall be direct, unobstructed, and designed to meet all applicable accessible standards, per CPUC and Metro standards.

The connections can be through public plazas, pedestrian paseos, or outdoor dining areas. A clear, unobstructed minimum travel path shall be accommodated.

The pedestrian path should connect to sidewalks and other pedestrian paths within the Specific Plan area to provide a larger, integrated pedestrian circulation framework.

The path of travel shall be well lighted to create a safe environment at all times.

Development proposals shall include a multi-modal circulation analysis that addresses connectivity of pedestrian, bike, transit, and other circulation methods.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Uses should be oriented to facilitate proper transitions to surrounding buildings and adjacent uses.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-Introduce small plazas and minor setbacks that modulate the building facade and extend the sidewalk along Main Street.
-Ensure that street-oriented plazas are well-defined spaces accessible to the public
R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone) and RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone: :

Building siting should be related to nearby buildings as well as adjacent parcels. Be oriented to encourage use of outdoor areas and to be compatible with adjoining building orientation.

Screening
Alhambra MC 23.12.130 SCREENING:

The standards of this section apply to all new development and additions that expand existing floor area by 10% or more.
(B) Required screening.
(1) Roof-mounted equipment and duct systems. All roof-mounted equipment shall be screened according to the following standards:
(a) Flat roof, partial or no parapet. Roof-mounted equipment or ducts located on a flat roof (partial or no parapet) shall be screened from view from any street, public right-of-way or adjacent property. The screening shall be solid, and shall match and complement the color scheme and architecture of the building. (b) Pitched roof. For roof-mounted equipment or ducts located on a pitched roof, the pitched roof shall be designed and constructed to accommodate roof-mounted equipment. A platform shall be constructed and recessed into the roof such that one side of the equipment shall be below the pitch of the roof. The remainder of the equipment and ducts which are above the roof pitch shall be screened from view from any street, public right-of-way or adjacent property. The screening shall be solid, and shall match and complement the color scheme and architecture of the building or roof.
(c) Parapet roof. For roof-mounted equipment or ducts located on a parapet roof, the parapet roof shall be designed and constructed to accommodate roof-mounted equipment. Any portion of the equipment or ducts which are above the parapet shall be screened from view from any street, public right-of-way or adjacent property. The screening shall be solid, and shall match and complement the color scheme and architecture of the building.
(2) Ground- or wall-mounted equipment. All exterior mechanical and electrical equipment shall be screened, flush mounted, or incorporated into the design of buildings so as not to be visible from public rights-of-way. Equipment to be screened includes, but is not limited to, air conditioners, heaters, pool equipment, utility meters, cable equipment, telephone entry boxes, backflow preventions, irrigation control valves, electrical transformers, pull boxes, and all ducting for air conditioning, heating, and blower systems. Screening materials shall be consistent with the exterior colors and materials of the building.

Exceptions may be granted by the Director where screening is infeasible due to health and safety or utility requirements.
(3) Common property lines. A screening wall shall be provided on the interior lot lines of any lot in a Commercial or Employment Zoning District that abuts a Residential Zoning District.
(a) Timing. The screening wall shall be provided at the time of new construction or expansion of buildings, or changes from one use classification to another use classification.
(b) Location. Screening walls shall follow the lot line of the lot to be screened unless the Director finds that screening in another location on the lot will substantially screen the subject building, facility, or activity. (c) Height. The screening wall shall be four feet in height within the required front setback of the subject lot and adjacent to the required front setback of the adjacent residential lot and six feet in height in other locations. (d) Materials. The screening wall shall be solid masonry. All wall faces within the front setback and the wall face facing the Residential Zoning District shall not be constructed from grey smooth block unless architecturally treated (i. e. sand finish stucco, veneer, etc.) and shall be architecturally compatible with the residential development.
(C) Maintenance. Screening walls shall be maintained in good repair, including painting, if required, and shall be kept free of litter or advertising. Where hedges are used as screening, trimming or pruning shall be employed as necessary to maintain the required and the maximum allowed height.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Parking areas, refuse storage, mechanical equipment and the like shall be screened by some combination of walls, plantings or earthworks.

Pedestrian Access
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

The street pattern throughout the Specific Plan area should maximize connectivity throughout the area for vehicles, bicyclists, and pedestrians.

There shall be a distinct hierarchy of circulation including streets, pedestrian walks, and alleys. These should be arranged so that visitors and residents use these streets and pedestrian walks for their primary circulation. Alleys should not be used for primary circulation to the building or unit entries, and buildings should not orient to alleys or parking areas.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Mixed Use Standards: Residential and non-residential vehicular and pedestrian access shall be differentiated with paving material, color, landscape buffers, etc.

City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

Multifamily Standards:

Interior pedestrian paths shall be provided to individual units and to link units to common open space areas and parking areas. See multi-family open space standards in Section 19.10.060 (R-3 and R-4 Zones: Additional Standards).

Pedestrian and vehicular entrances shall be clearly identified and easily accessible to minimize pedestrian/vehicle conflict.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Pedestrian access. On-site pedestrian circulation and access shall be provided according to the following standards.
(1) Internal connections. A system of pedestrian walkways shall connect all buildings on a site to each other, to on-site automobile and bicycle parking areas, and to any on-site open space areas or pedestrian amenities. (2) Circulation network. On-site walkways shall be connected to the public sidewalk and other planned or existing pedestrian routes. An on-site walkway shall connect the primary building entry or entries to a public sidewalk on each street frontage.
(3) Pedestrian walkway design. Walkways shall be a minimum of four feet wide, shall be hard-surfaced, and paved with concrete, stone, tile, brick, or comparable material.

Alhambra MC 23.13.020 BUILDING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:

Building entrances and orientation.

All buildings located in the interior of a site shall have an entrance from a pedestrian walkway that is a minimum of four feet wide and connects to a public sidewalk.

Commercial Zone:

The street pattern throughout the Specific Plan area should maximize connectivity throughout the area for vehicles, bicyclists, and pedestrians.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Mixed Use Standards:

Residential and non-residential vehicular and pedestrian access shall be differentiated with paving material, color, landscape buffers, etc.

City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

Multifamily Standards:

Common parking areas shall be located on the site to minimize their visibility from public rights-of-way and to be easily accessible to all residents of the development. See parking design standards in Chapter 19.38 (Off-Street Parking Regulations and Design).

Pedestrian and vehicular entrances shall be clearly identified and easily accessible to minimize pedestrian/vehicle conflict.

The parking area shall be designed in a manner which links it to the building and street sidewalk system, as an extension of the pedestrian environment. This can be accomplished by using design features such as walkways with enhanced paving, trellis structures and/or landscaping treatment.

Carports shall be architecturally compatible with the style of development.

Commercial Zone:

Review of a proposed design shall be related to the surrounding existing development with greater emphasis placed upon compatibility with adjacent development related to:
e.Access
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 46
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Orientation
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Buildings must face the street, and primary building entrances must be oriented towards the street. Side entries from entry plazas are allowed.

Buildings shall maintain a strong relationship to the street, with primary building entrances oriented toward the street.

City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

Site design and structure orientation.
a.Front entries shall be clearly identifiable and generally oriented toward the street.
b.Driveways shall be placed in a manner that avoids conflict with pedestrian access from the sidewalk and shall be of sufficient depth/width to reduce undue on-street curbside guest parking. See development standards for driveways in Section 19.38.100 (Parking Space and Drive Aisle Dimensions) and Section

19.38.180 (Design Standards for Parking Lots).

City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

Multifamily Standards:

See multi-family development standards in Section 19.10.030 (Development Standards).

The main entry to the multi-family development shall be clearly delineated and identifiable, and shall be easily accessible for pedestrians from the public street.

Entrances to individual residential units shall be accessible from the street or from common open space areas within the development.

Windows, balconies, and similar openings shall be oriented to preserve privacy of individual units within the development.

Loading and refuse/recycling collection areas shall be located so as to provide easy access to collection vehicles and to minimize noise impacts on residents.

See multi-family trash and recycling facilities standards in Section 19.10.060 (R-3 and R-4 Zones: Additional Standards) and parking lot requirements in Section

19.38.050 (Off-Street Parking Space Requirements).

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-orient buildings towards Main St
-build at or near the property line so as to define and place strong visual emphasis on the street.
-allow periodic breaks for intimately-scaled public plazas, entry forecourts, recessed entries
-locate main building entrances on Main St
-Place shops and active uses along the sidewalk
Alhambra MC 23.13.020 BUILDING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
(A) Building entrances and orientation.
(1) Buildings located within 30 feet of a front or street side lot line shall be oriented toward the adjacent front or street side lot line with the building frontage parallel to the fronting public sidewalk. The primary building entrance shall face the public sidewalk.
(2) All buildings located in the interior of a site shall have an entrance from a pedestrian walkway that is a minimum of four feet wide and connects to a public sidewalk.
(3) In the CBD Zone, one or more public entrances shall be provided at the rear of all buildings which face Main Street.
(4) Additional entrance requirements, ground floor non-residential uses. (a) There shall be a minimum of one entrance for every 50 feet of building frontage with a maximum separation of 100 feet between entrances. (b) Buildings located on corners shall provide an entrance toward each street or have a corner entrance that provides a common entrance to the building from both streets.
(5) Additional entrance requirements, residential uses. (a) Shared entrances. All buildings that provide access to more than one unit from a shared exterior entrance shall provide a minimum of one primary shared entranceway that leads to a common area, such as a lobby or community space, a minimum of ten-feet wide and ten-feet deep, and that is emphasized utilizing at least one of the following methods:

1. A roofed projection over the door (such as an awning, canopy, or overhang) with a minimum depth and width of five feet.

2. A recessed entry bay with a minimum depth and width of five feet.

3. Incorporating the entrance into a vertical mass that extends two or more feet above the height of the first floor plate vertical mass.

4. A landing, deck, or stoop with a minimum depth of six feet and minimum width of eight feet.

5. Transparent windows or openings that comprise a minimum of 50% of the area located within 20 feet of the midpoint of the primary building entrance.

Glass is considered transparent where it has a transparency higher than 80% and external reflectance of less than 15%.
(b) Individual entrances. All residential units accessed through individual entrances at the ground level shall provide a minimum of one primary individual entranceway with a projection (such as a covered porch) or recess with a minimum depth and width of three feet and a minimum area of nine square feet or a landing, deck, uncovered porch, or stoop with a minimum depth and width of six feet.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone) RHO
(Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:

Building siting should be oriented to face the street, avoiding views from the street of parking garages and alleys. Cluster buildings and modulate architectural elements to provide pleasing and useful ground level and above ground spaces.

Commercial Zone:

Residential uses, including SROs, are prohibited in the prime storefront area except for entries, hallways, stairwells and/or other necessary accessways thereto.

Frontage Types
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Several types including Highland Frontage, Secondary Frontage, Rail Frontage (primary and secondary), Internal Frontage, Neighborhood Frontage, Paseo Frontage. See table on page 46 of SP for detailed standard regaring frontage types.

Permitted facade type for each frontage:

Highland Frontage - Shopfront (required for 50%), flex, forecourt Secondary Frontage - flex, forecourt, frontyard/patio
Rail Frontage primary - Shopfront, flex, forecourt, frontyard/patio Rail Frontage secondary - Shopfront, flex, forecourt, frontyard/patio Internal Frontage - flex, forecourt, frontyard/patio
Neighborhood Frontage - flex, forecourt, frontyard/patio Paseo Frontage - flex, forecourt, frontyard/patio
Shopfront Standards:
-Maximum 5-foot recess at entrances
-Minimum 70% groundfloor glazing along frontages. Primary frontage shall not use reflective and/or opaque window treatment.
-Features such as outdoor dining, seating, pop-up sales, and other similar uses shall not exceed 40 feet of linear length without a separation. -Utilize awnings, coverings, and other articulated features as a part of Shopfront façade. Awnings, shade features, and other similar elements are permitted to project up to 8 feet into the right-of-way, as long as an 8-foot clear height above the sidewalk is maintained.
-Shopfronts should be designed to allow for an open feel and pronounced entries that open to the immediate streetscape.
-Outdoor areas adjacent to shopfront façade types should be designed to activate and allow for extensions of the use into the streetscape activity zone and pedestrian zone through the form of pop-up shops, outdoor seating, and other similar uses.
-The first floor of mixed-use development shall incorporate attractive awnings, materials, and detailing that complement the design, color, and materials of residential portions of the site and façade.

Flex Standards:
-Maximum 10-foot recess at entrances
-Minimum of 70% open, unobstructed view 3 feet above the ground in areas around entrances and patio/open space areas. This standard allows for "eyes on the street” for residential and commercial uses.
-Minimum 25% ground floor glazing for residential uses. Minimum 75% groundfloor glazing for commercial uses. Primary frontage shall not use reflective and/or opaque window treatment when located with a commercial use. -Frame patio and open space areas with landscape planters, low walls, and seating areas.
-Install shade, awning, or shade-providing landscaping/trees. -Design outdoor features in a manner that will not be obstructive or incompatible between residential and commercial uses.
-Maintain quasi-public space around frontage.
-Entry areas shall be well landscaped and include seating and other amenities to develop a welcoming entryway to the building entrance, regardless of use. -When installing seating, consider constructing seating that is not hardscaped but rather installed furniture which can be removed if “flex” use in configured to and/or from a commercial use to a residential entryway.
-Balconies, windows, decks, and other similar openings should be utilized along building faces to both add visual interest as well as open upper stories toward the immediate streetscape.

Forecourt Standards:
-Minimum 15-foot deep and 10-foot wide recess at primary forecourt entrance -Minimum 25% ground floor glazing for residential uses. Minimum 50% glazing for ground floor nonresidential uses along primary frontages along forecourt façades. -Planters, walls, and edges buffering the forecourt can be used to define edge of forecourt and delineate public, quasi-public, and private space. -Forecourt façade types should maintain an open courtyard aesthetic and offer landscaping, public art, seating, community gardens, or other public or quasipublic amenities.

Frontyard/Porch Standards:
-Minimum 5-foot setback from front property for primary structure -Porches shall be raised or at grade. "Step down" porches and entries that dip below grade are not permitted.
-35 feet of maximum continuous wall length without façade articulation feature or modulation to building form. A minimum plane shift of 2 feet shall be used in modulation.
-Front yard and open space around entries shall be treated as private space.

Fencing, landscaping, or other elements that buffer and/or delineate the public and private realms.
-Retaining walls shall not exceed 2 feet in height within the front yard setback. -Fencing and wall above 2 feet are permitted but shall be visibly open. -Frontyard/porch façade types shall include distinct entryways and porch areas that are open and visible to the immediate streetscape to create an eyes-on-thestreet feeling. -Frontyard/porch façade types should incorporate ample glazing, fenestration, and other building openings through the use of bay windows, balconies, and other similar features along public-facing stretches of building face.

Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Key Intersections
Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Key intersections are identified as the intersections of Huntington Drive with Buena Vista Street and Highland Avenue.
-Landmark qualities should be increased by installing public monumentation, themes, public signs, and art.
-Provide visual themes at all four corners with paving, wall forms, and landscape materials.
-Developments on corners should incorporate landscape material designs into the private frontage area, where plantings are appropriate. -Special architectural elements should be incorporated on buildings, such as articulated display windows and entrances or a taller, more prominent roof form or element.
-New surface parking spaces and lots are not permitted on corner sites of key intersections.
-Pedestrian amenities, such as a shaded plaza area, generous walkways, and clear and open pedestrian links to the corners, should be incorporated to help create a sense of place.

Private v Public
Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Mixed Use - Separation of Public and Private Space Guidelines -Public spaces should be clearly recognizable as “public” (e.g., a plaza within view of a street or other public space) and publicly accessible. Private spaces should be clearly recognizable as “private” through the use of security gates and signs.
-Private areas should be screened from public view through the use of landscaping, walls, and fences and changes in elevation. -Areas should be designed to encourage informal meetings and social interaction with other people.
-Spaces should be designed or located to encourage year-round use by providing areas that have awnings, sunshades, and/ or landscaping that can provide shelter from the elements.
-An overall theme and visual connection between spaces and uses should be provided within the development, including pedestrian linkages throughout the development and to adjacent land uses.

Building Modulation and Articulation
Architectural Elements
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

In general, buildings should be square-shouldered and flat-roofed, with changes in parapet height, overhang, or roof form such as shed roofs used to accent features such as entries, stair towers, corners, or other special features. Long, unbroken monolithic parapets are discouraged. Green roofs and usable roof decks are highly encouraged.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Incorporate architectural elements and details on all walls, such as adding notches, grouping windows, adding loggias and dormers, varying cornices and rooflines, adding canopies, wing walls, trellis features, arcades, and colonnades.

Roof lines should be broken at intervals no greater than 50-feet long by changes in height or roof form.

City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

Rooflines and roofing materials shall be compatible with the architectural style of the residential structure. Use of varying, uncoordinated rooflines and roofing materials shall be avoided.

City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

Multifamily Standards:

Design of structures should be consistent with local and regional architectural styles.

The overall style of multi-family structures should be consistent on all sides of the building as well as among all portions of the roof. Particular attention should be taken that building elevations and roof elements visible from streets and other public or quasi-public spaces are stylistically consistent.

Balconies, where provided, shall utilize railing or similar materials that are compatible with the overall architectural style of the development. Balconies shall be functional and built to the minimum dimensions set forth in Section 19.10.060.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Minimum depth of overhanging eaves. Overhanging eaves, if provided, shall extend a minimum of two feet beyond the supporting wall. (a) Overhanging eaves incorporated as part of an addition to a building with existing overhanging eaves may be consistent with the depth of the existing overhanging eave, even if the existing overhanging eaves extend less than two feet beyond the supporting wall.

Roof line. Roof lines shall be varied and designed to minimize the bulk of a building, screen roof-mounted equipment, and enhance the building's architectural design through the following methods:
(a) A minimum of one roof line offset at least 20 feet in length shall be provided for every 50 feet of façade length. For buildings greater than 50 feet in length and less than 70 feet in length, a minimum of one roof line offset at least five feet in length shall be provided.
(b) All parapets shall provide returns of at least six feet in depth at the end of the parapet face to avoid a false front appearance.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-vary the roofline for visual interest and to dimish mass -complement the composition of the building
-ensure that architectural features are integral and contribute to a harmonious design
-discourage ornamentation and features that appear tacked-on or artificially thin -continue design elements and detailing around the entire structure Commercial Zone:

All future construction, exterior remodeling, development and redevelopment shall be of such architectural design as to enhance the site and surrounding environment and be consistent with the desired overall community values stated in the general plan. Approval of each design as to its compliance or compatibility with these standards must be obtained from the director prior to the granting of any building permit.

Size of Unit Revealed by Facade
Building Form
Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Building design shall incorporate a 360-degree design philosophy, understanding that all of the built environment should be well designed, not just that visible from public areas.

Create visual interest in building façades and break up the mass of large-scale buildings with articulation in form, architectural details, and changes in materials and colors.

Similar and complementary massing materials and details should be incorporated into side and rear areas.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Mixed Use Standards:

Separation should be created within the site through vertical differences (e.g., grading, massing, roof heights, etc.)
City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

Scale and massing. A combination of second- and upper-story balconies, decks, window fenestrations, and similar features shall be used on front and street side façades to provide articulation and further reduce massing effects, and shall also be compatible with the overall architectural and mass/scale balance of the original structure, as well as the character of mass/scale in the immediate neighborhood.

Multifamily Standards:

Scale and mass.
a.The bulk and mass of new multi-family structures and additions shall be sensitive to the scale of buildings in the immediate neighborhood. b.Clustering of residential units is encouraged to promote a sense of community within residential developments.
c.Multi-family residential structures must incorporate architectural design details and elements which provide visual character and interest, avoiding flat planar walls and box-like appearances through the use of courtyards, balconies, offset planes and levels, deeply recessed or projecting windows, sloping roofs, and landscaped yards.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-employ simple yet varied massing to reduce scale
-respond to adjacent residential use with a sensitive transition in scale and massing; a step back in building height or break in massing is appropriate.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone) and RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:

Building forms and details should be in keeping with adjacent neighborhood character, where appropriate. Where possible, existing single-family houses should be preserved.

Articulation
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Floor elevations of building frontages need to be at the sidewalk level, and the use of awnings, change in material, and architectural articulation should be used to create a pedestrian-scaled public realm regardless of the overall scale and mass of the building.

Buildings must exhibit four-sided architecture, meaning that all façades, including rear and side façades, are to be considered visible (unless facing “blind” onto an adjacent party wall) and should be treated with an architectural façade composition.

Multi-Family Residential and Mixed-Use
- Multi-family buildings should be well articulated to break up the building mass.

Variations in floor level, façades, roof styles, architectural details, and finishes that break up the appearance of large buildings should be employed.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-modulate exterior walls; blank, unadorned wall surfaces are to be avoided, especially along streets
-introduce facade modulations at 25 feet to 50 feet intervals along Main St, matching historic patterns
-consider opportunities for upper floor terraces, balconies, and bay windows -establish a clear pattern of fenestration that unifies the building -recess windows from the wall plane to create depth and suggest solidity -emphasize a high degree of ground flooor transparency along Main st R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone), R-3-20 and R3-30 (High Density Residential Zones) and RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:

Articulation of exterior walls is encouraged. In no event shall a linear wall of a second story extend longer than thirty-five feet without an offset of a minimum of five feet for a minimum linear distance of ten feet.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 47
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Height
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Max Building Height: 120 feet max. height except within 100 feet of R-1 zone height is limited to 90 feet
Building Height Projections: Architectural features are allowed to project up to a maximum of 10 feet above the maximum allowed height, subject to Design Review. Architectural features include rooflines (balustrades, pediments, statuary, dormer windows, cross gables), masts, towers, turrets, eaves, rafters, nonhabitable building façade, skylights or roof windows. Elevator, mechanical equipment, and equipment penthouses are not subject to height limits as long they meet the screening design guidelines.

Buildings shall be well articulated by changes in roof heights and vertical planes to reduce the appearance of bulk and create interesting building silhouettes.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Max Height Residential and Mixed Use: (Tier 1)
AREA 1 Town Center Commercial Core - none
Area 2 - Mixed Use Corridor - 2 stories, 35 feet
Area 3 - Mixed Use Town Center - none
Area 4 - Mixed Use Neighborhood - none
Area 5 - Mixed Use Corridor - none
Area 6 - Mixed Use Corridor - 4 stories, 50 feet
Area 7A - Mixed Use Neighborhood - none
Area 7B - Mixed Use Neighborhood - 2 stories, 35 feet
Area 8 - Residential Town Center - 4 stories, 50 feet
Area 9 - Mixed Use Neighborhood - 2 stories, 35 feet
Max Height Mixed Use: (Tier 2)
AREA 1 Town Center Commercial Core - none
Area 2 - Mixed Use Corridor - none
Area 3 - Mixed Use Town Center - none
Area 4 - Mixed Use Neighborhood - 3 stories, 40 feet
Area 5 - Mixed Use Corridor - none
Max Height Residential and Mixed Use: (Tier 2)
Area 6 - Mixed Use Corridor - 2 stories, 35 feet
Area 7A - Mixed Use Neighborhood - 3 stories, 40 feet
Area 7B - Mixed Use Neighborhood - none
Area 8 - Residential Town Center - none
Area 9 - Mixed Use Neighborhood - none
Max Height Residential and Mixed Use: (Tier 3)
AREA 1 Town Center Commercial Core - none
Area 2 - Mixed Use Corridor - 4 stories, 50 feet
Area 3 - Mixed Use Town Center - 4 stories, 50 feet
Area 4 - Mixed Use Neighborhood - 4 stories, 50 feet
Area 5 - Mixed Use Corridor - 4 stories, 50 feet
Area 6 - Mixed Use Corridor - 4 stories, 50 feet
Area 7A - Mixed Use Neighborhood - 4 stories, 50 feet
Area 7B - Mixed Use Neighborhood - 4 stories, 50 feet
Area 8 - Residential Town Center - none
Area 9 - Mixed Use Neighborhood - 4 stories, 50 feet
Minimum Ground Floor Height: 14 feet for Retail, 12 feet for Office, 11 feet for Residential (Conversions of use in existing buildings shall not be required to meet this requirement.)
Minimum Street Wall Height: 25 feet on
Huntington Drive only
R-2 Two-Family Residential Zone (Medium Density):
35 ft or 2 stories, which ever is less
R-3 Multiple-Family Residential Zone (Medium Density):
40 ft or 3 stories, whichever is less
R-4 Multiple-Family Residential Zone (High Density):
50 ft or 4 stories, whichever is less
RM (Residential Medium) Zone:
35 feet max
3 stories max
RH (Residential High) Zone:

Max Feet:

Area bounded by Atlantic Blvd on the west, Woodward Ave on the north, Commonwealth Ave on the south, and Chapel Ave on the east, and parcels on major arterial streets within 1,300 feet of a freeway interchange: 6 Other areas: 5
Central Business District (CBD) Zone:
max building height (feet): 75
max building height (stories): 5
East Main Commercial (EMC) Zone:
max building height (feet): 35
max building height (stories): 3
Commercial Mixed-Use (CMU) Zone:
max building height (feet): 40 within 50 feet of a Residential Zoning District, otherwise 75
max building height (stories): 3 within 50 feet of a Residential Zoning District, otherwise 5
Professional Office (PO) Zone:
max building height (feet): 40 within 50 feet of a Residential Zoning District, otherwise 75
max building height (stories): 3 within 50 feet of a Residential Zoning District, otherwise 5
Industrial (I) Zone:
max building height (feet): 40 within 50 feet of a Residential Zoning District, otherwise 55
max building height (stories): 3 within 50 feet of a Residential Zoning District, otherwise 5
Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Ground floor height, non-residential uses. The minimum ground floor height for non-residential uses is 14 feet measured floor to ceiling.

R-3-20 and R-3-30 (High Density Residential Zones):

A third story building element shall be permitted, provided that this element is located more than forty feet away from any public street and has no horizontal dimension longer than forty-five feet. Additionally, the total floor area of these elements shall equal no greater than twenty percent of the gross lot area. For any project containing a third story, the height limit shall be measured in compliance with the calculation method described in Section 17.20.040 for the R-1 zone, except that the maximum height shall be thirty feet instead of twenty-five feet.

Commercial Zone:

Review of a proposed design shall be related to the surrounding existing development with greater emphasis placed upon compatibility with adjacent development related to:
a.Bulk or mass height
No building structure shall exceed a height of thirty feet and no building structure shall exceed two stories in the C zone.

RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:
a.Height Limit. No building shall exceed either thirty-five feet in height or three stories above grade, as calculated in the manner illustrated in Section 17.28.080.C.
b.Height Adjacent to Public Streets. No building shall exceed either thirty feet in height or two stories above grade within forty feet from any public street other than Michillinda Avenue.
c.Height Adjacent to R-1 Zone. For yards abutting an R-1 zoned lot, an encroachment limit shall be established which is determined at the point where the wall height is twenty feet, and using a forty-five-degree angle inwards toward the property to create additional setback. (See illustration in Section 17.28.080.F.7).

Human Scaled Design
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

The façades facing major streets shall not have blank walls, service entrances, or other features that are detrimental to the pedestrian experience. Architectural design, modulation, and interest should be articulated on all sides of the building.

Large expanses of blank façade walls are not permitted. Façades directly facing the street shall be broken into distinct modules or bays along the frontage using three-dimensional surface modulations that extend the human-scaled architectural character and cadence of more active façade areas. The modulations can be
achieved with the use of recesses, projections, change in color or material. The depth of recesses and projections should be a minimum of two feet.

Where possible, horizontal modulation of adjacent buildings should relate across façades to create a consistent pedestrian scale street façade.

Multi-Family Residential and Mixed-Use
- Street-facing façades of residential buildings should include stoops, porches, recessed windows, bay windows, and balconies to provide visual interest.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Building façades should be broken into smaller massings of colonnades to create a more intimate human scale. Create virtual boundaries by a varying/change of level, materials, textures, and color.

All building facades should avoid blank walls and provide the highest level of articulation on all walls visible from adjacent streets and public spaces.

Murals, espaliers/trellises and vines should be placed on any large wall expanse.

City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

For any new structure or addition, all façades visible from a public right-of-way shall incorporate features that eliminate blank, unarticulated walls; add visual interest; avoid clutter; and display a distinctive architectural style. Varied modulation for exterior façade surfaces is encouraged.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-emphasize pedestrian-scaled details at street level; canopies, awnings, and architectural lighting are especially appropriate at building entrances Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Differentiation in Design Among Stories
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Special standards and guidelines are established for the design of buildings with ground floor commercial space along certain frontages. Minimum floor-to-ceiling heights ensure that the space will serve the needs of retail and restaurant uses that may locate in the space during the lifetime of the building.

As a unifying element, brick should be used on all buildings as a predominant design feature. It may be used at the ground floor to create a base to the building, as entire wall elements, as the material for a main tower feature, or as panel or framing elements between window walls. Where brick is used, there shall be at least some minor change in building plane to express the material change.

Surface applied brick should either terminate in a concrete base or extend to the ground, and should not appear to float.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Use articulation in form, including changes in wall planes, upper-story building stepbacks and/ or projecting or recessed elements.

Buildings should create a contextual fit with articulated building form including strong massing and horizontal division (base, middle, top).

The base, middle, and top of the building should be emphasized. This allows the building to be viewed from several different vantage points, both near and far from the structure, without looking unnatural.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

In addition to the façade articulation requirement in division B(3)(b)1. above, upper and lower stories in buildings of three or more stories shall be distinguished by incorporating one or more of the following features. These features may be applied to the transitions between any floors, except where otherwise specified. a. A change in façade materials, along with a change in plane at least one inch in depth at the transition between the two materials. b. A base treatment at the ground floor consisting of a material such as brick, stone, concrete masonry, or other material distinct from the remainder of the façade and projecting at least one inch from the wall surface of the remainder of the building.
c. Setting back the top floor or floors of the building at least five feet from the remainder of the façade.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-make upper floors visually distinct from the ground floor; residential use should be distinguishable from commercial use
Commercial Zone:

Architectural treatment shall be applied to all building elevations.

Building Breaks
Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Buildings less than three stories. All buildings less than three stories and over 50 feet wide shall provide a massing break with a minimum width of 20 feet and a minimum depth of 2.5 feet for every 50 feet of façade length.

Buildings three or more stories. All buildings with three or more stories and over 50 feet wide shall provide a massing break with a minimum width of 20 feet and a minimum depth of five feet for every 50 feet of façade length.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-introduce elevation breaks; upper floor setbacks are encouraged -respond to adjacent residential use with a sensitive transition in scale and massing; a step back in building height or break in massing is appropriate.

Non-Residential Space Depth
Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Tenant space depth, non-residential uses. Non-residential ground floor interior tenant spaces shall be a minimum of 60 feet in depth for a minimum of half of the width of the tenant space and a minimum of 40 feet in depth elsewhere, except as exempted by the Director through the approval of a modification on small or constrained sites.

Corner Buildings
Pedestrian Experience Along Sidewalk
Architectural Corner Elements
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Building corners that face an intersection should strive for a distinctive form with a high level of articulation. Corner treatments may include a change in height or architectural style, materials, roof form, or window pattern, and are encouraged to create a pedestrian gathering experience.

Multi-Family Residential and Mixed-Use
- Building corners that face an intersection should strive for a distinctive form with a high level of articulation. Corner treatments could include a change in height, a definition of a public plaza, or a change in architectural style, windows, or materials.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-consider special treatment at building corners, such as towers or strong corner massing
Towers at Corner
Other Corner Design Features
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Material changes should not occur at external corners but should occur at interior corners or with a return of at least six feet from the external corners or other logical terminations.

Central Business District (CBD) Zone, East Main Commercial (EMC) Zone, and Commercial Mixed-Use (CMU) Zone:

Corner build area. Buildings shall be located within ten feet of the property line within 30 feet of the street corner.

Modifications. These requirements may be modified or waived through approval of a modification upon finding that:

1. Entry courtyards, plazas, entries, or outdoor eating areas are located adjacent to the property line and buildings are built to the edge of the courtyard, plaza, or dining area; or

2. The building incorporates an alternative entrance design that creates a welcoming entry feature facing the street or is designed in a manner that compliments adjacent or surrounding land uses.

Materials, Finishes, and Color
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 48
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Location of Entries
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Entries should be inviting from the street with adequate weather protection.

Multi-Family Residential and Mixed-Use
- Common entries should be a predominant feature of front façades and should have a scale that is in proportion to the size of the building and number of units being accessed. Larger buildings should have a prominent, centralized building entrance.
-Building sides that face a public street, drive, or common space should be the first choice for entry location.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:
(1) Buildings located within 30 feet of a front or street side lot line shall be oriented toward the adjacent front or street side lot line with the building frontage parallel to the fronting public sidewalk. The primary building entrance shall face the public sidewalk.
(2) All buildings located in the interior of a site shall have an entrance from a pedestrian walkway that is a minimum of four feet wide and connects to a public sidewalk.
(3) In the CBD Zone, one or more public entrances shall be provided at the rear of all buildings which face Main Street.

Demarcation of Entries
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Main building entries (i.e., those serving multiple units) should be differentiated from individual street-level unit entries with special detailing, awnings, canopies, or multi-story forms.

Doorways should be clearly identified with change in material, change in plane, or with architectural elements such as a canopy.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-provide well marked, articulated building entrances
-encourage a frequent cadence of storefront entraces along Main St Mixed Use Buildings - Difference between Retail Entrances vs Residential Entrances
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Multi-Family Residential and Mixed-Use
- Storefronts on the ground floor of mixed-use buildings shall be of sufficient depth to support the anticipated use and are encouraged to have a minimum depth of 40 feet.
-All ground floor units within five feet of finished grade are encouraged to have their principal entrance from the street, pedestrian walkway, or open space. If individual entries are not provided, then individual private areas such as balconies or decks should be provided that front on to the street, pedestrian walkway, or open space.
-Residential entries should be clearly identifiable from the retail/service entry. -The use of awnings is encouraged to provide shelter and shade along the sidewalk for mixed-use buildings. Awnings should be no wider than a single storefront or architectural bay (whichever is narrower).

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

REQUIRED COMMERCIAL

STOREFRONTS
Ground-floor commercial uses are required along the streets identified in Figure 3-7 (Required Commercial Storefronts). Along the streets identified, a building shall devote a minimum of 75 percent of its street-side building frontage to commercial storefronts. Certain projects may be allowed additional noncommercial building frontage through an administrative exception detailed in the Minor Modifications process (Chapter 7). Retail, service, office, and hotel uses shall count toward the 75 percent required commercial storefronts. However, the ground floor space within 150 feet of a key intersection shall be designed specifically for retail, service-oriented businesses, and/or restaurant uses. Up to 50 percent of any required commercial storefront (linear) located beyond 150 feet of a key intersection may be occupied by live-work uses.

Ground Floor Residential Uses:
-New residential buildings shall provide transitional spaces in the form of stoops, overhangs, and porches between public areas and entrances. -Where exterior individual entries are provided, a distinctive entry should be established for each, defined with architectural elements consistent with the architectural style of the development as a whole.
-Decorative lighting should be provided at entries.
-If exterior staircases are used, they should be incorporated into the overall architectural massing of the building.
-The use of metal staircases is discouraged.

Ground Floor Retail:
-Ground-floor space designed for retail or other active uses shall orient tenant spaces to the street and maximize storefronts and entries along the sidewalks to sustain street-level interest and promote pedestrian activity. -Ground-floor design shall be high quality and pedestrian oriented. -Storefront configurations and details should provide a sense of human scale, variety, and interest within the overall context of the buildings. -Ground-floor retail space should wrap the corner onto the intersecting streets. -The primary entrance to each street-level tenant space that has its frontage along a public street shall be provided from that street. -The primary entrance to each street-level tenant that does not have its frontage along a public street shall be provided from a pedestrian paseo, courtyard, or plaza which is connected to the public street.
-Wall openings, such as storefront windows and doors, shall comprise at least 50 percent of a building’s street-level façade.
-Clear glass for wall openings, i.e., doors and windows, shall be used along all street-level façades for maximum transparency, especially in conjunction with retail uses. Dark tinted, reflective, or opaque glazing is not permitted for any required wall opening along street level façades.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Non-residential:

Additional entrance requirements, ground floor non-residential uses. (a) There shall be a minimum of one entrance for every 50 feet of building frontage with a maximum separation of 100 feet between entrances. (b) Buildings located on corners shall provide an entrance toward each street or have a corner entrance that provides a common entrance to the building from both streets.

Residential Entrances:
(a) Shared entrances. All buildings that provide access to more than one unit from a shared exterior entrance shall provide a minimum of one primary shared entranceway that leads to a common area, such as a lobby or community space, a minimum of ten-feet wide and ten-feet deep, and that is emphasized utilizing at least one of the following methods:

1. A roofed projection over the door (such as an awning, canopy, or overhang) with a minimum depth and width of five feet.

2. A recessed entry bay with a minimum depth and width of five feet.

3. Incorporating the entrance into a vertical mass that extends two or more feet above the height of the first floor plate vertical mass.

4. A landing, deck, or stoop with a minimum depth of six feet and minimum width of eight feet.

5. Transparent windows or openings that comprise a minimum of 50% of the area located within 20 feet of the midpoint of the primary building entrance.

Glass is considered transparent where it has a transparency higher than 80% and external reflectance of less than 15%.

Individual entrances. All residential units accessed through individual entrances at the ground level shall provide a minimum of one primary individual entranceway with a projection (such as a covered porch) or recess with a minimum depth and width of three feet and a minimum area of nine square feet or a landing, deck, uncovered porch, or stoop with a minimum depth and width of six feet.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-differentiate storefront entrances from a residential or main building entrance -allow for creativity and individual expression in storefront design, provided they are compatible with the overall building design.

Entry Design Elements
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Entries shall be given special attention as a whole system, including door, side windows, and porches. All entries for main buildings and for individual units should be pedestrian scaled.

Courtyard doors, gates, or other portals used at building entries shall be attractively designed as an important architectural feature of the building or development.

Individual ground-level unit entries should have a strong relationship to a fronting street, internal walkway, or courtyard as appropriate to the overall siting concept and housing type.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Well-designed storefronts—including windows, doors, wall composition, colors, and materials—should be incorporated to create a sense of entry at a pedestrian scale.

Buildings shall incorporate one or more of the following in entrance design:
• Placement of art or decorative detailing at the entry • A projecting element above the entrance
• A change in material or detailing
• Implementation of architectural elements such as flanked columns or decorative fixtures
• Recessed doors, archways, or cased openings
• A portico or formal porch projecting from or set into the surface • Changes in the roofline, a tower, or a break in the surface to the subject wall Building entrances shall be well-lighted with appropriately scaled light fixtures.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-offer inviting entries and expansive storefront windows with engaging displays that animate the street
-introduce details and elements that provide visual relief, for example pilasters, course lines, windows heads and sills, brackets, cornices Alhambra MC AMC 23.13.020 Building Design Requirements:
(A) Building entrances and orientation.
(1) Buildings located within 30 feet of a front or street side lot line shall be oriented toward the adjacent front or street side lot line with the building frontage parallel to the fronting public sidewalk. The primary building entrance shall face the public sidewalk.
(2) All buildings located in the interior of a site shall have an entrance from a pedestrian walkway that is a minimum of four feet wide and connects to a public sidewalk.
(3) In the CBD Zone, one or more public entrances shall be provided at the rear of all buildings which face Main Street.
(4) Additional entrance requirements, ground floor non-residential uses. (a) There shall be a minimum of one entrance for every 50 feet of building frontage with a maximum separation of 100 feet between entrances. (b) Buildings located on corners shall provide an entrance toward each street or have a corner entrance that provides a common entrance to the building from both streets.
(5) Additional entrance requirements, residential uses. (a) Shared entrances. All buildings that provide access to more than one unit from a shared exterior entrance shall provide a minimum of one primary shared entranceway that leads to a common area, such as a lobby or community space, a minimum of ten-feet wide and ten-feet deep, and that is emphasized utilizing at least one of the following methods:

1. A roofed projection over the door (such as an awning, canopy, or overhang) with a minimum depth and width of five feet.

2. A recessed entry bay with a minimum depth and width of five feet.

3. Incorporating the entrance into a vertical mass that extends two or more feet above the height of the first floor plate vertical mass.

4. A landing, deck, or stoop with a minimum depth of six feet and minimum width of eight feet.

5. Transparent windows or openings that comprise a minimum of 50% of the area located within 20 feet of the midpoint of the primary building entrance.

Glass is considered transparent where it has a transparency higher than 80% and external reflectance of less than 15%.

Residential Privacy
Proximity to Commercial Uses/Non-Compatible Uses
Height of Windows
Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Materials
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Surface applied brick should either terminate in a concrete base or extend to the ground, and should not appear to float.

In addition to brick as a required material, other façade materials that are encouraged include corrugated metal, metal panels, smooth stucco, and cementitious panels. Detailing should reinforce the industrial aesthetic of the area. Window walls are encouraged both as wall plane and corner accents and a creative approach to window shapes, sizes, and mullion patterns is highly desirable. Accent materials that are encouraged include cut stone, tile, glass block, and well-detailed smooth concrete.

Balconies, decks, and handrails should be steel or other metal and have industrial-inspired scale and detailing. Exposed steel columns are encouraged.

Awnings are encouraged along street frontages and should be metal or metal and glass. Canvas and fabric awnings are discouraged.

For trellises, marquees, and architectural canopies, materials, colors, and form should be derived from the building architecture, such as a trellis painted the same color as a building’s trim scheme is appropriate.

All materials used should be durable, of high quality, and properly installed.

Materials should be attractive, sustainable, low maintenance, and appropriate to the architectural character.

Materials should be incorporated in a manner that they do not appear to be merely surface applications but as an integral component of the architectural style.

Roof materials should complement the materials and colors of the façades and provide texture or relief.

Rain gutters and down spouts should be integrated into the façade. At a minimum, their color should blend with adjacent surfaces.

Partially submerged parking podiums that project above grade should either be integrated into the architectural character of the building above utilizing cladding or building with materials that extend down from the portions of the building above or be built with contrasting materials of a more substantial and permanent character than the portions of the building above to create a base.

Trellises, architectural canopies, balconies, and other such design elements should derive their materials, colors, and form from the building architecture.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Create visual interest in building façades and break up the mass of large-scale buildings with articulation in form, architectural details, and changes in materials and colors.

Vary materials, colors, and textures to enhance key components of a building’s façade (i.e., window trims, entries, projecting elements, etc.).

Building materials, colors, fenestration, scale, and massing are to be compatible with the overall architectural style.

Materials shall be applied in a consistent manner to all façades of the project.

Materials and finishes should be used consistently and be appropriate to the intended architectural style of the building.

High-quality, long-lasting materials should be used for exterior window sills and trims which are consistent with the overall architectural style of the building.

Roof materials should complement the materials and colors of the façades and provide texture or relief.

Rain gutters and downspouts should be integrated into the façade. At a minimum, their color should blend with adjacent surfaces.

Trellises, architectural canopies, balconies, and other such design elements should derive their materials, colors, and form from the building architecture.

Mixed Use Standards:

An overall design palette should include building materials and textures that define each use as part of an overall theme.

City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

Materials and finishes shall be of a consistent theme, shall match the style of the residential structure, and shall be consistently applied to all façades.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Exterior building colors and materials.
(a) Each façade shall have three or more colors and three or more materials, exclusive of windows.
(b) Fluorescent and neon colors are prohibited.
(c) The following materials are prohibited.

1. Vinyl siding.

2. T-111 plywood siding.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-use materials and colors to enhance a building's visual quality, requiring compatible materials on all sides
-encourage masonry and hand-troweled plaster as the most appropriate exterior wall types
-emphasize especially durable and high quality materials at the street level -avoid the use of applied foam ornamentation
-discourage the use of reflective, opaque or highly tinted glass R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone) and RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:

Materials, colors and textures generally should be compatible with those of adjacent and other nearby buildings and the overall character of the neighborhood.

Commercial Zone:

The following building materials or those determined by the director to be similar to them shall be utilized in all construction in the commercial zone:

1.Roof materials intended to be viewed, including but not limited to clay tile or slate;

2.Brick, tile, textured concrete, tinted concrete or exposed aggregate patios and walkways;

3.Decorative masonry materials such as bricks, stone or slump stone;

4.Heavy rough textured wood beams, headers, trim and siding;

5.Textured stucco.

Review of a proposed design shall be related to the surrounding existing development with greater emphasis placed upon compatibility with adjacent development related to:
c.Building materials
Finishes
Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Materials and finishes should be usedconsistently and be appropriate tothe intended architectural style of thebuilding.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Materials, colors and textures generally should be compatible with those of adjacent and other nearby buildings and the overall character of the neighborhood.

Colors
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Trellises, architectural canopies, balconies, and other such design elements should derive their materials, colors, and form from the building architecture.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Create visual interest in building façades and break up the mass of large-scale buildings with articulation in form, architectural details, and changes in materials and colors.

Vary materials, colors, and textures to enhance key components of a building’s façade (i.e., window trims, entries, projecting elements, etc.).

Building materials, colors, fenestration, scale, and massing are to be compatible with the overall architectural style.

Contrasting colors should be used for trims, windows, doors, and other key architectural elements.

Roof materials should complement the materials and colors of the façades and provide texture or relief.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

1. Vinyl siding.

2. T-111 plywood siding.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-use materials and colors to enhance a building's visual quality, requiring compatible materials on all sides
-choose a color palette that offers visual simplicity and harmony -limit the use of bright or intense colors to an accent within a carefully balanced color scheme
R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Materials, colors and textures generally should be compatible with those of adjacent and other nearby buildings and the overall character of the neighborhood.

Commercial Zone:

Earth tone or natural colors shall be utilized throughout with the use of bright, nonpastel colors for the purpose of accent; however, such accent colors shall not be used to such a degree as to become the dominant color of any structure.

Review of a proposed design shall be related to the surrounding existing development with greater emphasis placed upon compatibility with adjacent development related to:
b.Colors
Character
Location of Material Changes
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Change of material to accentuate architectural details or articulate the elevation is recommended if the material is appropriate to the architectural character.

Material changes should not occur at external corners but should occur at interior corners or with a return of at least six feet from the external corners or other logical terminations.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Finish materials should terminate only at changes in the wall plane and not on the same plane.

City of Alhambra MC AMC 23.13.020.B.3. Facade Articulation:

2. In addition to the façade articulation requirement in division B(3)(b)1. above, upper and lower stories in buildings of three or more stories shall be distinguished by incorporating one or more of the following features. These features may be applied to the transitions between any floors, except where otherwise specified. a. A change in façade materials, along with a change in plane at least one inch in depth at the transition between the two materials. b. A base treatment at the ground floor consisting of a material such as brick, stone, concrete masonry, or other material distinct from the remainder of the façade and projecting at least one inch from the wall surface of the remainder of the building.
c. Setting back the top floor or floors of the building at least five feet from the remainder of the façade.

Entries
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 49
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Sight Lines into Windows/Balconies/Private Patios
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Windows should be of a scale and grouping to form portions of the wall, rather than punched openings within a wall. They shall be steel, aluminum, or clad to have the look of metal. Vinyl windows are strongly discouraged in any buildings over three stories.Windows at the ground floor along public streets should be storefront or give the appearance of storefront glazing.

In residential units with narrow side yards, side elevation windows should be placed offset from those of the adjacent unit or use obscure glass as appropriate to provided for privacy.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Balconies and decks. Balconies and decks situated above the first floor shall be located at least 15 feet away from any interior property line to minimize "overviewing" onto adjacent residential properties. This provision shall not apply to balconies or decks located directly above an attached or detached garage that is located within the front yard setback of a sloping lot pursuant to § 23.04.030(A), Sloping Lot Adjustment.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone) and RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone: :

Building siting should maximize privacy through placement of windows, balconies, landscaping, and design of outdoor spaces. Minimize negative impact on views from adjacent properties.

Design of Ground Floor Residential Units
Direction of Windows
Views
Commercial Zone:

Review of a proposed design shall be related to the surrounding existing development with greater emphasis placed upon compatibility with adjacent development related to:
f.Views
Window Requirements
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Windows should be of a scale and grouping to form portions of the wall, rather than punched openings within a wall. They shall be steel, aluminum, or clad to have the look of metal. Vinyl windows are strongly discouraged in any buildings over three stories. Windows at the ground floor along public streets should be storefront or give the appearance of storefront glazing.

Windows should be appropriate to the building’s architectural style and combined and arranged to establish clear and rhythmic patterns as appropriate for both the building’s architectural style and scale. Window frames should be of a high-quality metal material that is consistent with the proposed architectural vocabulary.

Windows visible from a street or courtyard, including those on all façades of the buildings that front onto public or private streets or access ways, should have appropriately articulated header, jamb, and sill details to match the aesthetic of the building.

Creative window shape, seizes, mullion use, mullion thickness, architectural tinting, and other design features that enhance building articulation are encouraged.

No blank, opaque, or reflective windows are allowed.

Artwork, decorative metal work, unique and custom window pattern tints may also be considered.

Although consistency of window use is generally desirable, windows may be provided in various shapes and sizes, provided they are appropriate to the building’s architectural style or as accents.

Multi-Family Residential and Mixed-Use
-Large display windows (large panes or divided lites) are strongly encouraged. -Clear glass should be used. Colored or reflective glass is not appropriate. Subtle window tinting may be appropriate if part of a comprehensive design theme.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Windows should be located at a pedestrian scale at the street level and to maximize daylighting and views for the interior.

Windows and doors should be designed within a single façade to have the same style, height, and scale with the building elevation.

Windows and doors should be designed as accent elements with details such as shutters, moldings, and divided lights.

City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

Window and door design and placement shall be consistent with the overall architectural style of the structure and consistent with all windows/doors visible from the public right-of-way.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Windows and openings.
(a) No wall facing a public right-of-way shall run in a continuous plane of more than 30 feet without a window, door, or other opening. (b) Non-residential uses: building transparency/required openings. Exterior walls facing and within 30 feet of a front or street side lot line or public sidewalk shall include windows, doors, or other openings for at least 50% of the building wall area located between two and a half and seven feet above the level of the sidewalk.

1. Design of required openings. Openings fulfilling this requirement shall have transparent glazing and provide views into work areas, display areas, sales areas, lobbies, or similar active spaces, or into window displays that are at least three feet deep.

2. Reductions. The Director may approve a modification to reduce or waive the building transparency requirement where one of the following findings can be made:
a. The proposed use has certain operational characteristics with which providing the required windows and openings is incompatible; and b. Street-facing building walls will exhibit architectural relief and detail, and will be enhanced with landscaping in such a way as to create visual interest at the pedestrian level.
(c) Residential uses: window trim or recess. Windows for residential uses shall have trim at least one-half inch in depth, or be recessed at least two inches from the plane of the surrounding exterior wall.

Outdoor Dining
Patio Dining
Sidewalk Dining
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Outdoor dining areas can encroach in the pedestrian public rightof- way as long as there is a clear pedestrian passage that complies with accessible standards, or as otherwise specified in Table 3-4 (Frontage Class Standards). Location and size of such encroachments are subject to the design review process.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Chairs and tables for outdoor dining and carts for merchant display are allowed in the public rightof- way (i.e., in sidewalk and parklet areas) with a required minor use and encroachment permit. Uses shall maintain a minimum five-foot-wide unobstructed portion of public sidewalk corridor that is clear and unimpeded for pedestrian traffic. The use shall keep the full width of the building entrance clear and unimpeded for building access. Outdoor furniture, including but not limited to chairs, tables, umbrellas, heat lamps, windscreens, busing stations, partitions, planters, etc., shall not be permanently fixed into the public rightof- way without prior approvals from the City (i.e., a revocable encroachment permit issued by the Building Department and/or the City Council).

Central Business District (CBD) Zone, East Main Commercial (EMC) Zone, and Commercial Mixed-Use (CMU) Zone:

Frontage improvements. The area between buildings and the property line shall be improved as part of a wider sidewalk, outdoor dining/seating area, or with landscaping.

Modifications. These requirements may be modified or waived through approval of a modification upon finding that:

1. Entry courtyards, plazas, entries, or outdoor eating areas are located adjacent to the property line and buildings are built to the edge of the courtyard, plaza, or dining area; or

2. The building incorporates an alternative entrance design that creates a welcoming entry feature facing the street or is designed in a manner that compliments adjacent or surrounding land uses.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-Accommodate outdoor dining while maintaining comfortable pedestrian flows.

Sun Shade
Noise
Barriers
Furniture
Lighting
Hours
Location
Residential Open Space
Open Space Amenities
Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Required amenities. Recreational amenities shall be required on all projects of four or more units. The amenities shall include one or more of the following:
swimming pool, spa, recreation room with ping pong table and lounge furniture or billiard table, children's play equipment, barbecue and picnic table, tennis court, bocce ball, weight room or sauna, pet friendly amenities including but not limited to drink stations, dog walks/parks, etc., or other similar amenities West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-include site amenities and recreational facilities, such as a pool, jacuzzi, seating/lounging areas
-use plants, furniture, and lighting to shape, embellish, and enliven amenity courts.

Open Space Design
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Multi-Family Residential and Mixed-Use
- Porches and balconies that face streets should be incorporatedinto the materials and design of the building. Front yard patios canbe used or be a part of the entry path or a separate space.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Slopes shall not exceed 10%.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-Provide courtyards accessible to project residents as communal outdoor space -introduce a rich, yet coordinated palette of landscape materials to provide scale, texture, color.

Orientation
Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Open Space Requirement
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Residential Group Open Space -
Minimum 200 sf per residential unit required. Private open space is not required for each unit. However, if provided, it may be deducted from the total open space requirement. Each square foot of private open space and/or rooftop common open space shall be considered equivalent to two square feet of group open space and may be so substituted.

Non-Residential Group Open Space - 15% of net lot area or as determined by an approved Group Open Space Plan.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

RESIDENTIAL OPEN SPACE REQUIRED
The required minimum amount of open space shall be 125 square feet per residential unit. The minimum open space may be met through a combination of common, private, and/or quasipublic open space provided on site. All required open space shall be usable. Usable open space shall be improved to support residents’ passive and/or active use. Such open space shall be located on the same parcel as the dwelling units for which it is required. The computation of such open space shall include no obstructions other than devices and structures designed to enhance its usability, such as swimming pools, changing facilities, fountains, planters, benches, and landscaping.

Usable open space does not need to be located on the ground. Rooftop gardens and rooftop landscaping, including rooftops above parking structures, may be used to satisfy the open space requirement. The requirement for open space shall not be satisfied through the utilization of required setbacks, parking areas, driveways, or service areas. Areas designed to accommodate storm water retention may satisfy a portion of the requirement for open space if additional pedestrian amenities are provided near the space in a manner that provides for usability. Compliance with this requirement shall be evaluated by the Director in the review process.

Mixed-use buildings shall be arranged to create opportunities for open space for the residential uses. In general, open space areas for residential uses shall be separated from nonresidential uses on the site. However, the sharing of open space may be permitted by the responsible review authority when it is clear that the open space will provide direct benefit to residents of the project and subject to the following limitations:

1. Horizontal Mixed Use Share. Up to 30 percent of the required open space for residential uses in a horizontal mixed-use project may be provided within the nonresidential component.

2. Vertical Mixed Use Share. Up to 50 percent of the required open space for residential uses in a vertical mixed-use project may be provided within the nonresidential component.

R-3 Multiple-Family Residential Zone (Medium Density):
private open space requirement (ground floor): 200 sf per unit private open space requirement (upper floor): 100 sf per unit common open space: 200 sf per unit
R-4 Multiple-Family Residential Zone (High Density):
private open space requirement (ground floor): 200 sf per unit private open space requirement (upper floor): 100 sf per unit common open space: 200 sf per unit
Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

The area provided to meet the open space requirement may count toward other site requirements such as landscaping, amenities, and stormwater retention and control if the area provided as open space also meets the criteria of those individual requirements.

Minimum of 300 sf of open space per unit. 150 sf of the 300 sf must be provided as common open space. The balance of the required open space may be provided as private or common open space.

SRO Open Space Requirement: Single room occupancy developments shall provide 15 square feet of open space per unit, which may be provided as private or common open space.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):
500 square feet per dwelling unit of open space.

R-3-20 and R-3-30 (High Density Residential Zones):
250 square feet per dwelling unit of on-site open space shall be provided on the ground level for use by residents. Open spaces may be common or private. In order to be counted toward the open space requirement, the minimum width and length of each space shall be ten feet. Driveways and other vehicular access areas shall not count toward the open space requirement.

RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:
175 square feet per dwelling unit of on-site open space shall be provided for use by residents.

Private Open Space Standards
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Private usable open space located at ground level shall have a minimum area of 100 square feet and a rectangle inscribed within it shall have no dimension less than eight feet. The minimum area of above ground-level space shall be 50 square feet, and a rectangle inscribed within it shall have no dimension less than five feet. Private usable open space shall be adjacent to, and not more than four feet above or below the floor level of the dwelling unit served, or located on a rooftop with private access via the unit.

R-3 Multiple-Family Residential Zone (Medium Density) and R-4 MultipleFamily Residential Zone (High Density):
-Private open space must be contiguous to the unit it serves. -Any single private open space area shall have minimum dimensions — depth or width — of 10 feet.
-Balconies, where provided, shall have minimum dimensions of four feet by six feet.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

The balance of the 150 sf required open space may be provided as private or common open space.

Private open space shall be accessible to only one dwelling unit by a doorway to a habitable room or hallway.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Minimum width and length of open space shall be five feet for private spaces.

R-3-20 and R-3-30 (High Density Residential Zones):

Open spaces may be common or private.

Common Open Space Standards
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Group usable open space shall have a minimum area of 300 square feet, and a rectangle inscribed within it shall have no dimension less than 15 feet. Required usable open space may be located at grade or as rooftop open space. Group open space areas shall not include parking or driveway areas, but may include setback areas provided it provides amenities and is integrated into the overall project design.

R-3 Multiple-Family Residential Zone (Medium Density) and R-4 MultipleFamily Residential Zone (High Density):
-Common open space shall be distributed throughout the development at convenient, safe, and easily accessible locations to all residents of the development.
-Any one common open space area shall have minimum dimensions — depth or width — of 15 feet.
-Common open space areas may be developed with landscaping, play equipment, swimming pools, walkways and paths, paved terraces, and similar features that benefit all residents of the development. -All common open spaces areas not covered by hard surface improvements as described in subparagraph 3, above, shall be landscaped.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:
150 sf of the 300 sf must be provided as common open space. The balance of the required open space may be provided as private or common open space.

Common open space includes but is not limited to courtyards, terraces, forecourts, gardens, outdoor dining areas, plazas, landscaped areas, patios, swimming pools, barbeque areas, athletic courts or fields, playgrounds, recreation areas, gardens, rooftop amenities, urban furniture, family friendly uses, shade structures, and other similar common areas intended for shared use by building occupants. Common open space also includes indoor activity and amenity space that is accessible and available to all building occupants.

Common open space shall be located outside of front and street side setbacks.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Minimum width and length of open space shall be ten feet for common spaces.

R-3-20 and R-3-30 (High Density Residential Zones):

Open spaces may be common or private.

Location of Types of Open Spaces
R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Open space may be located on the ground floor or above, and may be met with a combination of common open space and private open space.

R-3-20 and R-3-30 (High Density Residential Zones):
250 square feet per dwelling unit of on-site open space shall be provided on the ground level for use by residents. Driveways and other vehicular access areas shall not count toward the open space requirement.

RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:

Such open space may be located on the ground floor or above, and may be met with a combination of common open space and private open space. Driveways and other vehicular access areas shall not count toward the open space requirement.

Rooftop Open Space
Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

RESIDENTIAL OPEN SPACE REQUIRED
Usable open space does not need to be located on the ground. Rooftop gardens and rooftop landscaping, including rooftops above parking structures, may be used to satisfy the open space requirement. The requirement for open space shall not be satisfied through the utilization of required setbacks, parking areas, driveways, or service areas. Areas designed to accommodate storm water retention may satisfy a portion of the requirement for open space if additional pedestrian amenities are provided near the space in a manner that provides for usability. Compliance with this
requirement shall be evaluated by the Director in the review process.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 50
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Dimension of Types of Open Space
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Private usable open space located at ground level shall have a minimum area of 100 square feet and a rectangle inscribed within it
shall have no dimension less than eight feet. The minimum area of above groundlevel space shall be 50 square feet, and a rectangle inscribed within it shall have no dimension less than five feet. Private usable open space shall be adjacent to, and not more than four feet above or below the floor level of the dwelling unit served, or located on a rooftop with private access via the unit.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Common open space shall have a minimum dimension of 15 feet in all directions, except common indoor recreation/office uses.

Private open space located on the ground level (e.g., yards, decks, patios) shall have no dimension less than eight feet. Private open space located above ground level (e.g., balconies) shall have no dimension less than five feet.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Minimum width and length of open space shall be ten feet for common spaces and five feet for private spaces.

R-3-20 and R-3-30 (High Density Residential Zones):

In order to be counted toward the open space requirement, the minimum width and length of each space shall be ten feet.

RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:

In order to be counted toward the open space requirement, the minimum width and length of each space shall be ten feet for common spaces and five feet for private spaces.

Permitted Surface Types
Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Outdoor common open space shall be surfaced in a manner that allows convenient use for outdoor living and/or recreation. Such surface may be any practicable combination of lawn, garden, flagstone, wood planking, concrete, decking, or other serviceable, dust-free surfacing.

Private Open Space Surfacing. A surface shall be provided that allows convenient use for outdoor living and/or recreation. Such surface may be any practicable combination of lawn, garden, flagstone, wood planking, concrete, or other serviceable, dust-free surfacing. Slope shall not exceed 10%.

Exterior Lighting
Lighting along Walkways
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

The type and location of exterior building lighting shall illuminatepedestrian pathways and preclude direct glare on to adjacentproperties.

Alhambra MC 23.12.090 LIGHTING AND ILLUMINATION:
(C) Minimum illumination.
(1) Parking and access areas. Parking and access areas shall be maintained in compliance with § 23.20.090(J).
(2) Major walkways. Major walkways shall be illuminated with an intensity of at least 0.25 foot-candles at the ground level during the hours of darkness. (3) Multi-unit residential buildings. Aisles, passageways, and recesses related to and within the building complex shall be illuminated with an intensity of at least 0.25 foot-candles at the ground level during the hours of darkness. (4) Non-residential buildings. All exterior doors shall be illuminated with an intensity of at least 0.5 foot-candles at the ground level during the hours of darkness.

Driveways
Parking Areas
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Pedestrian scale lighting should be present at entries, plazas,courtyards, parking lots, and other areas where nighttimepedestrian activity is expected.

Chapter 23.20 Parking and Loading:
(1) Parking areas designed to accommodate three or more vehicles shall be provided with a minimum of one foot-candle and a maximum of 3.0 foot-candles of light over of the parking and access surface during the hours of use from onehalf hour before dusk until one-half hour after dawn. (2) On-site lighting shall be installed along all vehicular access ways with a minimum of one foot-candle of light over the access way. (3) All lighting shall comply with the standards of § 23.12.090.

Design of Lighting
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Lighting fixtures should advance the Duarte Station Specific Plan area design theme and provide cohesiveness throughout the Specific Plan area. Lighting design of fixtures and their structural support should be architecturally compatible with the architecture of the project.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Architecturally compatible lighting and fixtures should be incorporated that are complementary to the intended style/ theme.

Light fixtures and poles shall be architecturally compatible with the building’s architectural style.

Color and finish of lighting metalwork, when used, should harmonize with building metalwork, if applicable
Architectural lighting should enhance a front building façade during twilight and night-time hours.

Lighting accents should be incorporated into features such as doors, window openings, detail cornices, columns, or arcades to create texture and form unique to the building.

Stone and brick building façades can benefit from a “close-in” lighting approach that grazes the light across the surface and calls attention to its textural quality by creating shadows.

All fixtures and wiring should be wellhidden in the architectural details so that the lighting has a minimal impact during the day.

Situations where a building façade is washed with bright light from a distant location are to be avoided. This approach “flattens” out the building’s texture and causes unnecessary glare to the nighttime users.

Light fixtures should be designed so that the light goes exactly where it is intended. Special care should be taken to include louvers, glare shields, or barn doors to the front of floodlight fixtures to prevent light pollution.

Lighting fixtures should be mounted in strategic locations to facilitate maintenance.

Architectural and landscape lighting is encouraged.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-introduce architectural lighting to enhance facades and accentuate key architectural features
-provide architectural lighting at building entrances
-select fixtures with the architectural design
-complement the landscape/streetscape lighting
-integrate lighting with singage; unobtrusive external illumination is recommended Alhambra MC 23.12.090 LIGHTING AND ILLUMINATION:
(D) Maximum height. Light standards shall not exceed 20 feet in height and shall be appropriate in scale, intensity, and height to the use they are serving. (1) Exceptions. The Planning Commission may allow additional height for activities, uses, or development with unique lighting needs; for accentuating historic architectural features of a building, accentuating signage and/or landscape features; or for security purposes.
(E) General requirements.
(1) Fixture types. All luminaries shall meet the most recently adopted criteria of the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) for "cut off" or "full cut off" luminaries.
(2) Design of fixtures. Fixtures shall be appropriate to the style and scale of the architecture. Fixtures on buildings shall be attached only to walls or eaves, and the top of the fixture shall not exceed the height of the parapet or roof or eave of roof.
(3) Timing controls. All outdoor lighting in non-residential development shall be on a time clock or photo-sensor system and turned off during daylight hours and during hours when the building are not in use and the lighting is not required for security.
(4) Trespass. All lights shall be directed, oriented, and shielded to prevent light trespass or glare onto adjacent properties. The light level at property lines shall not exceed 0.3 foot-candles.

Impact of Lighting on Neighboring Properties
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

The type and location of exterior building lighting shall illuminate pedestrian pathways and preclude direct glare on to adjacent properties.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Fixtures shall not cast light directly into adjacent residential properties; a translucent or optical lens diffuser globe or shield is recommended.

The intent of lighting a building is to enhance the best qualities of that building, not to become a “beacon;” therefore, light levels should be appropriate for the amount of illumination intended.

Mixed Use Standards:

Separation should be created within the site through vertical differences (e.g., grading, massing, roof heights, etc.)
West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-minimize glare on adjacent properties and streets; interference with the safe operation of vehicles must be avoided
Alhambra MC 23.12.090 LIGHTING AND ILLUMINATION:
(D) Maximum height. Light standards shall not exceed 20 feet in height and shall be appropriate in scale, intensity, and height to the use they are serving. (1) Exceptions. The Planning Commission may allow additional height for activities, uses, or development with unique lighting needs; for accentuating historic architectural features of a building, accentuating signage and/or landscape features; or for security purposes.
(E) General requirements.
(4) Trespass. All lights shall be directed, oriented, and shielded to prevent light trespass or glare onto adjacent properties. The light level at property lines shall not exceed 0.3 foot-candles.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

All lighting of the buildings, structures, landscaping, yards, parking areas, or similar facilities shall be in compliance with the city's "Dark Sky" objectives and policies. Lighting shall be shielded and directed downward to reflect away from adjoining properties.

Commercial Zone:

All lighting of the building, landscaping, parking lot or similar facilities shall be shielded and directed away from adjoining properties.

Landscape Lighting
Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Architectural and landscape lighting is encouraged.

Mixed Use Standards:

Landscape features should be used to highlight individual uses.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-light outdoor spaces for enhanced comfort, safety, and security -allow subtle lighting that accentuates the landscape and highlights key landscape features
-select fixtures that are compatible with their surroundings direct landscape lighting away from streets and adjacent properties -complement the architectural and streetscape lighting
Walls and Fencing
Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Screening
Alhambra MC 23.12.050 FENCES AND FREESTANDING WALLS:

Fences, walls, dense hedges, and similar structures shall comply with the standards of this section.
(A) Maximum height. The maximum allowed height of fences, walls, dense hedges, and related structures is as follows:
(1) Front and street side yards. Fences, walls, dense hedges, and similar structures located within front and street side yards are subject to design review pursuant to Chapter 23.26 and the following.
(a) Fences, walls, dense hedges, and similar structures may be a maximum of three feet high measured from finished grade when located within the front yard or within five feet of a street side property line.

1. In the event that there is a retaining wall, the maximum height of the fence or wall shall not exceed three feet, measured from the grade of the dirt for which the wall is retaining, but in no event shall the height of the retaining wall, together with the fence or wall, exceed six feet above sidewalk elevation. (b) The fence or wall shall not be constructed from grey smooth block unless architecturally treated (i.e. sand finish stucco, veneer, and the like), wire or chain link.
(c) The fence or wall shall not contain any points, spikes, or ornamentation along its top.
(d) The fence or wall shall be architecturally compatible with the design and style of the associated development.
(2) Within 25 feet of a corner. Fences, walls, dense hedges, and similar structures located within 25 feet of an intersection shall comply with the standards of § 23.12.190.
(3) Other areas. Fences, walls, dense hedges, and similar structures located on all other portions of a lot may be a maximum of six feet. The fence or wall shall not contain any points, spikes, or ornamentation along its top. (a) Exceptions. Fences, walls, dense hedges, and similar structures exceeding six feet in height to enclose commercial or industrial uses, tennis courts, or similar areas, when such fences are not in a street setback area, may be erected with approval of a minor use permit.
(B) Prohibition on hazardous fencing materials. The use of barbed wire, razor wire, ultra-barrier, electrified, and other hazardous fencing is not permitted unless such fencing is required by any law or regulation of the city, the State of California, federal government, or other public agency. An exception to this standard may be approved for sites in an Industrial District, according to the procedures of Chapter 23.29.
(C) Maintenance. All walls and fences shall be maintained in a safe, neat and orderly condition at all times. The finished side of all perimeter fencing shall face adjacent properties.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone) and RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:

Parking areas, refuse storage, mechanical equipment and the like shall be screened by some combination of walls, plantings or earthworks.

Commercial Zone:

A.A plant screen shall be erected in place of a wall, provided it is:

1.Sufficient to visually screen the parking area;

2.Comprised of specimen stock;

3.Within a planter area of at least four feet in depth;

4.Provided with a permanent irrigation system;

5.Compliant with all other provisions of this section for landscaping, including being an integral part of an approved landscaping plan.

Wall and Fence Height
Alhambra MC 23.12.050 FENCES AND FREESTANDING WALLS:

Commercial Zone:

B.A decorative masonry wall of at least thirty inches high may be substituted for a plant screen provided it is constructed and maintained along the perimeter of all off-street parking areas except at points of ingress and egress. Such wall shall be constructed of masonry units not greater than six inches in height.

C.A landscaped area of at least thirty inches in height may be substituted for a wall or plant screen if the planning commission approves its design, location, scale and landscape treatment pursuant to a permit issued under this chapter.

D.A decorative concrete, masonry or block wall of at least six feet in height shall be constructed and maintained on the boundary of any use which abuts or which lays across a public alley from a residential zone, except in front setbacks, in which such walls shall be forty-two inches or less in height.

Design/Color/Material of Wall/Fencing
Alhambra MC 23.12.050 FENCES AND FREESTANDING WALLS:
(a) Fences, walls, dense hedges, and similar structures may be a maximum of three feet high measured from finished grade when located within the front yard or within five feet of a street side property line.

Location Walls/Fences Permitted
Alhambra MC 23.12.050 FENCES AND FREESTANDING WALLS:

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 51
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Noise and Buffering
Design to Reduce Noise
Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Mixed Use Standards:

Noise-attenuating protection should be added for noise-sensitive uses and to provide privacy for residential areas.

Buffering (landscaping)
West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-buffer adjacent sensitive land uses through compatible landscape and/or architectural treatment.

Buffering via Fence/Wall
Loading Areas, Trash, and Utilities
Commercial Loading Areas
Alhambra MC 23.20.080 LOADING:
(A) Loading spaces required. Every new building, and every building enlarged by more than 10,000 square feet of gross floor area that is to be occupied by a non-residential use other than office uses shall provide one off-street loading space per 20,000 square feet of gross floor area.
(1) Multi-tenant buildings. The gross floor area of the entire building shall be used in determining spaces for multi-tenant buildings. A common loading area may be provided, if each tenant space is not provided a loading area. (2) Reduction in number of loading spaces required. The loading space requirement may be reduced if the Director finds that the applicant has satisfactorily demonstrated that due to the nature of the proposed use and/or location, such loading space will not be needed or is not practical. (3) Additional loading spaces required. The required number of loading spaces may be increased to ensure that trucks will not be loaded, unloaded, or stored on public streets. Such requirement shall be based on the anticipated frequency of truck pickups and deliveries and of the truck storage requirements of the use for which the on-site loading spaces are required.

Screening Loading Areas
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

All loading areas should be located at the rear or sides of buildings and screened from public view. For commercial buildings, where there is no alternative, loading may occur through the front door.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-locate service, loading, and storage areas so that they are not visible from the street
Alhambra MC 23.20.080 LOADING:
(B) Location. All required loading spaces shall be located immediately adjacent to the exterior wall of the building and a minimum of 25 feet from any Residential Zoning District or use. Loading areas shall not be located within the front or street side yard.
(C) Minimum size. Each on-site loading space required by this chapter shall have an unobstructed minimum dimension of 12 feet in width, 40 feet in length, and 15 feet in height, exclusive of driveways for ingress and egress, maneuvering areas and setbacks. The minimum size requirement may be modified if the Director finds that the applicant has satisfactorily demonstrated that due to the nature of the proposed use, such size will not be needed. (D) Access. Loading spaces shall be designed and located such that trucks shall not be required to back into or from an arterial or collector street, or into or from an alley located within 50 feet of any an arterial or collector street. (E) Surfacing. All loading areas shall be surfaced with a minimum thickness of two inches of asphaltic concrete over a minimum thickness of four inches of a base material, to be approved by the Director of Public Works, or with a minimum thickness of four inches of Portland cement concrete.
(F) Screening. Loading areas adjoining a street or required front yard, or located directly across an alley from a Residential Zoning District or use shall be screened with a solid wall or other method that is approved by the Director.

Commercial Zone:

All loading or unloading areas containing a loading dock or similar facility shall be located at such a depth within a completely enclosed building as to reasonably contain and restrict noise. Further, no loading or unloading area shall be visible from a public street, or located within a front yard or side yard adjacent to a public street.

Trash Enclosures Location
Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

All waste and recycling receptacles areas shall be screened from view from any public street and all adjacent properties, and screening shall be designed to be architecturally compatible and integral to the overall project design.

R-3 Multiple-Family Residential Zone (Medium Density) and R-4 MultipleFamily Residential Zone (High Density):
-Where common waste and recycling receptacles are provided, waste and recycling receptacles areas shall be designed and constructed in accordance with current standard City plans or policies.
-Trash enclosures for individual units and/or common facilities should be sized to accommodate separate bins for recyclable trash and regular trash, as well as green/yard waste (when appropriate).
-All waste and recycling receptacles areas shall be screened from view from any public street and all adjacent properties, and screening shall be designed to be architecturally compatible and integral to the overall project design. -All waste and recycling receptacles areas shall be located to be convenient, safe, and easily accessible to all residents of the development.

City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

Multifamily Standards:

Architectural screening of trash and storage enclosures shall be constructed of materials and finishes compatible with the adjacent building, and shall be designed and placed to complement the style of development (see Figure 3-20).

Recyclable materials and green waste storage areas shall be conveniently located adjacent to solid waste disposal areas, or near one another, or combined.

They may only be located inside a specially designated structure, on the outside of a structure in an approved fence or wall enclosure, a designated interior court or yard area with appropriate access, or in rear or interior side yards. Exterior storage areas shall not be located in a required front yard, street side yard, parking space, landscaped area, or open space areas.

Alhambra MC 23.12.120 REFUSE AND RECYCLING COLLECTION AREAS:

This section establishes design and locational criteria for refuse, solid waste, recycling, compost, and green waste container storage areas. Refuse, solid waste, recycling, compost, and green waste are collectively referred to as "waste and recycling."
(A) General requirements. All waste and recycling shall be placed in appropriate receptacles. All garbage cans, mobile trash bins, receptacles, and all recycling materials and containers for such recycling materials shall be maintained and stored in compliance with this section.
(1) Space shall permit housing of required receptacles for separation of waste and recycling.
(B) Containment. All development shall provide either individual waste and recycling containers or waste and recycling enclosures consistent with the following:
(1) Individual waste and recycling containers. Individual waste and recycling containers for each unit or tenant may be provided as follows:
(a) Development type. Individual waste and recycling containers may be provided for:

1. Single-unit development.

2. Multi-unit development with three or fewer units.

3. Non-residential development where the Director finds that the nature of the proposed development is such that the development will be adequately served with individual waste and recycling containers.
(b) Location. The waste and recycling containers shall not be located within any of the following areas:

1. Required front or street side setback.

2. Required parking areas.

3. Required landscaped areas.

4. Any other area required by this title or any fire, building, or public safety code to be constructed or maintained unencumbered. (c) Visibility. The waste and recycling containers shall not be visible from a public right-of-way.
(2) Waste and recycling container enclosures. Waste and recycling container enclosures are required for all new residential developments of four or more residential units and non-residential development except where the Director finds the development will be adequately served with individual waste and recycling containers pursuant to division (B)(1)(a) above. (a) Size. Waste and recycling-container enclosures shall be sized to accommodate all trash, garbage, recyclables, and green waste receptacles until such items are picked up by the city or its contracted waste and recycling collector.
(b) Location.

1. The waste and recycling container enclosure shall be located within 100 feet of an access point to the building they serve for non-residential development and within 200 feet of an access point to the unit it serves for residential development.

2. The waste and recycling container enclosure shall not be located within any required front setback, street side setback, any required parking and landscaped areas, or any other area required by this title to be constructed or maintained unencumbered.
(c) Accessibility.

1. Waste and recycling storage areas shall be accessible so that trucks and equipment used by the contracted waste and recycling collector have sufficient maneuvering areas and, if feasible, so that the collection equipment can avoid backing up.

2. For residential development with ten or more units, independent access shall be provided such that trash can be deposited without opening gates. (d) Screening. Waste and recycling storage areas located outside or on the exterior of any building shall be screened with a solid enclosure at least five feet high and include a roof structure.
(e) Enclosure material. Enclosure material shall be solid masonry or concrete tilt-up with decorated exterior-surface finish. The trash enclosure shall match and complement the color scheme and architecture of the associated development.
(f) Gate material. Latching, view-obscuring gates shall be provided to screen trash enclosure openings.

Commercial Zone:

All outdoor trash, garbage and refuse storage areas shall be screened on all sides from public view by a permanent wall at least five and one-half feet high in conformance with the architectural design of the related buildings, including a solid gate of durable opaque material approved by the director. All bins and containers shall be stored within the enclosure with lids closed at all times when not being loaded.

Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Utility Location
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Rooftop mechanical equipment shall be screened from the street level view and appear as integrated building forms both in shape and material.

Service areas should be located within the envelope of the building as much as is practical and should not be visible from public streets and spaces.

If service areas are not within the building envelope and cannot be located away from the street front, they should be screened from street level views, including from above. The material, scale, and forms of screening used should complement the design of the main building.

Buildings shall have a direct door from the interior to the service area(s) so that occupants can access such areas without passing through the public right-of-way.

Rooftop-mounted mechanical equipment shall be located away from the street edge and screened from ground-level view behind parapets. Where screening methods other than parapets are used, they should be an integral component of the architectural design or a complimentary accent feature to that design.

Attached equipment such as antennas, satellite dishes, etc. should be screened from ground level view or integrated into the building design.

Ground-level mechanical equipment shall be located away from and screened from view from public areas by walls that complement the building architecture or by landscaping. Exceptions may be made for fire-fighting equipment.

City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

Roof-mounted equipment, where permitted, shall be screened from view from public rights-of-way and adjacent properties by materials that are architecturally compatible with the structure they serve.

Mechanical equipment on the ground or on the roof should be screened from view from adjacent properties and the public right-of-way by an enclosure designed as part of the building or by appropriate landscaping (see Figure 3-19).

Water heaters, electrical boxes, gas meters, landscape irrigation equipment, and similar utility boxes should be painted to match the structure or be appropriately screened from view, or should be integrated into the floor plan of the structure.

Where feasible, appurtenant equipment, plumbing, and related solar energy fixtures shall be installed in the attic, or if infeasible, flush mounted or ground mounted. Appurtenant equipment, plumbing, and related solar energy fixtures shall comply with the setback requirements of Section 19.32.020 (Permitted Projections into Required Setback Areas) and shall be screened from public view.

City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

Multifamily Standards:

Storage areas shall be completely screened from ground level view using appropriate materials and shall be designed for maximum security. See development standards for storage areas in Section 19.10.060 (R-3 and R-4 Zones: Additional Standards).

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-locate and/or screen rooftp equipment so that it is not visible from the street -make rooftop screening integral to the building's form Alhambra MC 23.12.130 SCREENING:
(B) Required screening.
(1) Roof-mounted equipment and duct systems. All roof-mounted equipment shall be screened according to the following standards:
(a) Flat roof, partial or no parapet. Roof-mounted equipment or ducts located on a flat roof (partial or no parapet) shall be screened from view from any street, public right-of-way or adjacent property. The screening shall be solid, and shall match and complement the color scheme and architecture of the building. (b) Pitched roof. For roof-mounted equipment or ducts located on a pitched roof, the pitched roof shall be designed and constructed to accommodate roof-mounted equipment. A platform shall be constructed and recessed into the roof such that one side of the equipment shall be below the pitch of the roof. The remainder of the equipment and ducts which are above the roof pitch shall be screened from view from any street, public right-of-way or adjacent property. The screening shall be solid, and shall match and complement the color scheme and architecture of the building or roof.
(c) Parapet roof. For roof-mounted equipment or ducts located on a parapet roof, the parapet roof shall be designed and constructed to accommodate roof-mounted equipment. Any portion of the equipment or ducts which are above the parapet shall be screened from view from any street, public right-of-way or adjacent property. The screening shall be solid, and shall match and complement the color scheme and architecture of the building.
(2) Ground- or wall-mounted equipment. All exterior mechanical and electrical equipment shall be screened, flush mounted, or incorporated into the design of buildings so as not to be visible from public rights-of-way. Equipment to be screened includes, but is not limited to, air conditioners, heaters, pool equipment, utility meters, cable equipment, telephone entry boxes, backflow preventions, irrigation control valves, electrical transformers, pull boxes, and all ducting for air conditioning, heating, and blower systems. Screening materials shall be consistent with the exterior colors and materials of the building.

Exceptions may be granted by the Director where screening is infeasible due to health and safety or utility requirements.

Commercial Zone:

All storage of wares, merchandise, crates, bottles or similar items shall be within a completely enclosed building.

All ground mechanical equipment shall be completely screened behind a permanent structure and all roof top mechanical equipment shall be completely screened from view from street level.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Parking areas, refuse storage, mechanical equipment and the like shall be screened by some combination of walls, plantings or earthworks.

RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:

All utilities shall be placed underground.

Parking Structures
Massing of Parking
Height of Parking
R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Structures used principally for parking shall not be higher than one story.

Parking shall not be permitted above ground level.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 52
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Design of Parking
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Where parking layout exceeds two rows in depth, parking should be aligned in the direction of pedestrian movement, and pedestrian island walkways are recommended within planted areas. All landscape areas should be protected with planter curbs a minimum of six inches high. All perimeter setback areas should be landscaped.

Broadleaf, deciduous trees should be used in parking lots to provide adequate shade in summer and allow sunlight to penetrate in winter.

Trees should be set into a tree grate, planting island, or landscaped median that is a minimum of four feet wide (internal dimension) and well protected by tree guards or other mechanisms.

Gates securing structured parking areas should be steel and reflect the industrial aesthetic, or a custom art piece that enhances the identity of the building of which they are a part.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:
-Duplicative driveway entrances shall be avoided or eliminated. -Reciprocal access drives are encouraged to link adjacent properties and avoid individual curb cuts for every use/parking lot.
-Parking access should be located as far as possible from street intersections to allow for adequate queuing and visibility.
-Site designs shall incorporate a minimum stacking distance of 40 feet between the edge of the travel lane and access into the first parking bay. -Colored, textured, and permeable pavement treatments are encouraged at entry driveways.
-Parking lots should be located in areas behind buildings and away from the street. Planting areas with low hedges and shrubs (approximately three-feet high) are encouraged to assist in screening parking lots from public view where parking is adjacent to a street.
-On-site circulation system shall be designed to minimize pedestrian and vehicle conflicts.
-Design parking lots by dividing a large parking lot into a series of smaller connected lots to reduce “heat island” effect.
-Dead-end drive aisles and intersections should be avoided where possible.

When necessary, provide a five-foot wide recessed area in the landscape area for parking at the end of dead-end drive aisles.
-Walkways should be wide enough for multiple people to pass (approximately eight feet in width), and should directly connect public sidewalks with sidewalks on private property, and should be oriented toward building entrances. -Sidewalks at building entrances should be a minimum of 10 feet wide when adjacent to head-in parking, to allow for car bumper overhang, and eight feet wide adjacent to a landscape planter or drive aisles.

Landscaping Guidelines:
-A minimum five-foot wide landscape finger planter at the end of each parking aisle is required.
-Site designs should include one tree for every four parking spaces (minimum tree well size of five feet by five feet).
-A minimum of two feet shall be allowed in the planted area for vehicle overhang.

This area may be counted as part of the length of the parking stall, but not as part of required planter area.
-Canopy trees or solar shade structures should be installed in parking areas to provide shade. Trees should have a 30- to 40-foot canopy potential and be sized at 24-inch box at the time of installation.
-The use of pervious paving materials, open pave blocks, and intermittent paving is encouraged to reduce the amount of runoff and retain water for onsite irrigation.

Parking Structure Guidelines:
-Parking structures shall be integrated into the surrounding buildings’ architecture, using architectural details to reduce the massing and landscaping to provide visual relief.
-Parking structures should be located below, behind, or between buildings. -All parking structures shall be designed to appear as a commercial building and be compatible with the surroundings when visible from public right-of-way. -Access to parking garages should be integrated into the overall design of the building façade, and minimize disruptions along the street frontage. -Parking structures shall provide screening for cars and headlights while allowing for natural ventilation.
-Access to parking shall be garages from side streets or alleys, where possible, rather than from pedestrian-oriented streets.
-Provide attractive signs to clearly direct drivers into and out of parking structures and surface parking entrances.
-Encourage the installation of solar panels on roof-decks of parking structures and carports in surface lots, both as shading devices for vehicles and as a sustainable energy source.
-Incorporate other technologies, such as charging stations for electric vehicles, into parking.
-Ground-level retail pads along a portion of the parking structure public façade are encouraged to create a pedestrianfriendly streetscape. -Partially submerged parking podiums that project above grade should either be integrated into the architectural character of the building above, using cladding or building with materials that extend down from the portions of the building above, or be built with contrasting materials of a more substantial and permanent character than the portions of the building above to
create a base.
-Use architectural details on parking structure to reduce the massing and enhanced landscaping to provide visual relief.

The preferred parking structure design approaches are as follows. -Wrapped on Ground Level. An above-ground parking structure where nonparking uses, such as retail spaces, are integrated into the ground level of the building along the street frontage of the parcel. The parking structure may be exposed to the building street frontage on upper levels, with appropriate design and screening.
-Wrapped on All Levels. An above-ground parking structure where non-parking uses are integrated into the building along the entire street front-age of the parcel on all levels of the building. The parking structure is totally hidden behind a “liner building” of non-parking uses.
-Underground (Partial or Entirely). A parking structure that is fully submerged underground and is not visible from the street. Depending on amount of parking provided, it may also include a level of at-grade parking hidden behind nonparking uses such as retail.

Chapter 23.20 Parking and Loading:

Walkways.
(1) Where a walkway crosses parking areas or loading areas, it must be clearly identifiable through the use of a raised crosswalk, a different paving material, or similar method.
(2) Where a walkway is parallel and within two feet of an auto travel lane, it must be raised or separated from the auto travel lane by a physical barrier consisting of a raised curb at least four inches high.

Parking areas designed to accommodate three or more vehicles must be landscaped according to the general standards of Chapter 23.17, as well as the standards of this division:
(1) Landscape area required. A minimum of 10% of the parking lot area, including all driveways and maneuvering areas shall be landscaped. (2) Minimum planter dimension. No landscape planter that is to be counted toward the required landscape area shall be smaller than 25 square feet in area, or four feet in any horizontal dimension, excluding curbing. (3) Layout. Landscaped areas shall be well-distributed throughout the parking lot area. A minimum of 10% of the required landscaping shall be located within 15 feet of a building on the site.
(4) Landscaping and screening adjacent to streets and alleys. Landscaping and screening shall be provided between any surface parking area and any adjacent public or private street or alley in compliance with the following:
(a) A landscaped area at least five feet deep shall be provided along the length of the adjacent street or alley.
(b) Screening a minimum 30 inches in height and consisting of one or any combination of the following methods.

1. Walls. Low-profile walls located a minimum of four feet from the property line consisting of brick, stone, stucco, or other quality durable material approved by the Director, and including a decorative cap or top finish as well as edge detail at wall ends.

2. Planting. Plant materials consisting of compact evergreen plants that form an opaque screen.

3. Berms. Berms a minimum of two feet in height and planted with appropriate shrubs and ground cover to achieve a minimum height of 30 inches. (5) Landscaping and screening abutting interior lot lines (non-residential lots).
(a) Adjacent to non-residential zone or use. A landscaped area at least three feet wide shall be provided between any surface parking area and any adjacent lot in any district other than Residential for the length of the parking area.
(6) Trees. One 24-inch box size tree shall be provided for each ten parking spaces provided.
(7) Protection of vegetation.
(a) Clearance from vehicles. All required landscaped areas shall be designed so that plant materials, at maturity, are protected from vehicle damage by providing a minimum two-foot clearance of low-growing plants where a vehicle overhang is permitted, or by wheel stops set a minimum of two feet from the back of the curb.
(b) Planters. All required parking lot landscaping shall be within planters bounded by a concrete curb at least six inches wide and six inches high. Curbs separating landscaped areas from parking areas shall be designed to allow stormwater runoff to pass through.
(8) Visibility and clearance. Landscaping in planters at the end of parking aisles shall not obstruct driver's vision of vehicular and pedestrian cross-traffic.

Mature trees shall have a foliage clearance maintained at eight feet from the surface of the parking area. Other plant materials located in the interior of a parking lot shall not exceed 30 inches in height.

Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Parking Location
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Parking is encouraged in structures, below grade, or encapsulated within buildings to reduce the visual impact. Where this is not feasible, surface parking lots should be located behind buildings, well landscaped with trees planted in a regular configuration, and properly screened from surrounding streets and buildings.

Partially submerged parking podiums may be located along public streets and may project above the sidewalk or average finished grade by a maximum of three feet.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

First-floor parking within buildings (“tuck under parking”) and underground parking below buildings is encouraged wherever possible.

Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

Limitations on location of parking. Above ground parking and structured parking, including partially submerged or underground parking with three or more feet above ground shall be located a minimum of 40 feet from the primary street facing property line. The Director may approve a modification where one of the following findings may be made:
(1) The design incorporates conditioned, usable space built close to the public sidewalk to the maximum extent feasible; and
(2) The site is physically constrained such that underground parking or above ground parking located more than 40 feet from the primary street frontage is not feasible.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-encourage subterranean and/or podium parking facilities.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Fully enclosed garages shall be provided for any required covered parking space that is entered directly from any public alley.

Each dwelling unit shall have an assigned, enclosed parking space within five hundred feet walking distance of such unit.

RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:

Any parking constructed at or above grade shall not be oriented along the frontage of any street. Parking constructed partially above grade shall be permitted along the frontage of a street only along Michillinda Avenue.

Entries to Parking Structures (pedestrian and vehicle)
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Multi-Family Residential and Mixed-Use
- Entries to underground parking areas which are integrated withthe building are recommended to be gated with a material that iscompatible with the architectural vocabulary of the building.

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-prohibit curb cuts along Main Street
-use side streets for service and parking access
-make entry ramps integral to the facade design
R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

1.Each driveway to a garage or parking space shall be at least twelve feet uniform width and shall be totally unobstructed from the pavement upward.
a.If any driveway serves as access to more than twelve dwelling units, such driveway shall be not less than twenty feet uniform width and shall be totally unobstructed from the pavement upward; provided, however, that utility poles, guy wires and anchors may be located within two feet of the property line.
b.Eaves, no portion of which are less than thirteen feet above the pavement, may overhang any such driveway a distance of not more than three feet; and utility pole cross-arms and utility service wires may be located not less than thirteen feet in height above the paved surface of any driveway.
c.Two, twelve-foot driveways may be provided in lieu of a required twenty-foot driveway, in which event one shall be marked "entrance" and one "exit" and all regulations herein before provided with respect to ten and one-half foot driveways shall apply to each of such driveways. d.Every driveway shall be surfaced in a manner that is acceptable to the Fire Department.

Elements to conceal parking structure use
West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-limit parking's visual presence by addressing parking as an integral part of the overall design.
-screen parking facilities from public view and sensitive uses through compatible landscape and/or architectural treatment.
-laminate parking facilitities with active uses along Main Street R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Open parking compounds shall be screened from adjacent property lines.

The arrangement of garage facilities shall be such that they do not face toward any public street or that they shall be screened from view.

Parking Paving
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

The use of permeable paving, stormwater retention, and alternative materials to reduce surface runoff is strongly encouraged and/or required by National Pollutant Discharge Elimination Systems (NPDES) standards.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:
-Textured paving is encouraged at crosswalks within the project as opposed to a painted stripe designation, provided it does not conflict with ADA requirements. -Paving materials, varied in texture and color, should be used where pedestrian and vehicular areas overlap to minimize the negative impact of large expanses of asphalt. The use of concrete (exposed aggregate, colored, or stamped) or pavers (stone, brick, or granite) is preferred.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

A minimum of fifty percent of those areas normally covered with an impermeable surface shall be required to be covered or paved with a permeable surface.

Paving
R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone) and RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:

Use of decorative and permeable materials is encouraged.

Development Standards
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 53
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Setbacks
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Highland Frontage: From Pedestrian and
Streetscape Activity Zone:

Minimum: 0'
Maximum: 10'
Secondary Frontage: From property line:

Minimum: 10'
Maximum: 20'
Rail Frontage (primary): From property line:

Minimu m: 20’
Rail Frontage (secondary): From property Line:

Minimum: 15'
Internal Frontage: From back of
sidewalk:

Minimum: 10'
Neighborhood Frontage: From back of
sidewalk:

Minimum: 10'
Paseo Frontage: None
Setback Projections (all frontage types except paseo frontage): Ground-floor porches, stairs, bay windows, and awnings may encroach up to 5’ into minimum required setbacks.

Upper story balconies, bay windows, and awnings may encroach up to 3’ into minimum required setbacks.

Trash enclosures may be located in the setback as long as they meet requirements in the design guidelines.

Outdoor dining and open space amenities are encouraged; site plan review and approval required by the Community Development Director or designee.

Setback Projections (only paseo frontage): No building encroachments permitted.

Open space amenities allowed.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Front Setback -
Ground Floor Commercial Use: No min, 5 ft max
Ground Floor Residential Use: 10 ft min
Side Setback -
Ground Floor Commercial Use: None
Ground Floor Residential Use: 5 ft min
Rear Setback -
Ground Floor Commercial Use: None
Ground Floor Residential Use: 15 ft min
Key Intersection Maximum 18-inch
Setback Requirement
Where a key intersection is identified in this Plan, the setback of each new corner building or addition to existing corner buildings shall be no more than 18 inches from the adjoining property line. The key intersection setback is required for the first 100 feet of building frontage along both intersecting streets.

Key Intersections are identified as any property located at any corner intersection of the following streets:
• Buena Vista Street and Huntington Drive
• Highland Avenue and Huntington Drive
Commercial Front Setback and Key
Intersection Setback Exceptions

1. Building Plan Interruptions Exception. To allow for the inclusion of recessed entries, breaks in the building plane, passages to courtyards, and other similar breaks in the street wall; up to 30% of the length of a façade and/or front building plane may be interrupted or set back from the maximum setback requirement to accommodate recessed entries, breaks in building plane, passages to courtyards, and other similar breaks in the street wall.

2. Outdoor Dining Exception. Where a building has a ground-floor commercial use, a maximum setback exception may be permitted of up to 20 feet for outdoor cafes and small plazas.

3. Plaza Exception. At any Key Intersection, no maximum setback is required if a large quasipublic plaza space is constructed with direct access and frontage on Huntington Drive.

ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES

PROJECTIONS INTO SETBACKS
Lobbies, porches, stoops, and other entryrelated architectural features may extend up to four feet into the required front setback area. Upper-floor balconies may extend up to two feet into the setback area; up to three feet may be considered depending on design and Director approval. Where an upper-story stepback is required pursuant to Section 3.6.4 and/or 3.6.5, upper-floor balconies may extend up to two feet into the required stepback; up to three feet may be considered or up to five feet for rear setbacks depending on design and Director approval.

Utilize building setbacks and arcaded spaces as an extension of the sidewalk to provide adequate space for pedestrian movement and activity. This space can be used for outdoor seating, street furniture, landscaping, and public art that can enliven the streetscape.

R-2 Two-Family Residential Zone (Medium Density):

Front: 20 ft
Side interior: 5 ft
Side corner: 10 ft
Side reverse corner: 15 ft
Rear single story: 10 ft
Rear second story: 20 ft
Abutting an alley: 25 ft
R-3 Multiple-Family Residential Zone (Medium Density):

Front setback: 30 ft
Side interior: 5 ft
Side corner: 10 ft
Side reverse corner: 15 ft
Rear abutting R-1 zone: 25 ft
Rear all other zones: 20 ft
R-4 Multiple-Family Residential Zone (High Density):

Front setback: 30 ft
Side interior: 5 ft
Side corner: 10 ft
Side reverse corner: 15 ft
Rear abutting R-1 zone: 25 ft
Rear all other zones: 20 ft
RM (Residential Medium) Zone:

Min front setback: Average of front setbacks of two adjacent properties or 20 ft, whichever is greater
Minimum street side setback (feet): 10
Reverse corner lot setback (feet): The required front setback of the first lot to the rear
Minimum interior setback (feet) first story: 5
Minimum rear setback (feet): 10
Minimum distance between buildings (feet measured from eave to eave) (feet): 5 Through lots. In the case of through lots, both street frontages shall be designated as front yards and shall comply with all regulations pertaining thereto, including setbacks, projections, location of parking spaces and open space.

RH (Residential High) Zone:

Min front setback:

Properties on Curtis or Electric Lanes: 15
Other areas: Average of front setbacks of two adjacent properties or 15 ft, whichever is greater
Minimum street side setback (feet): 10
Reverse corner lot setback (feet): The required front setback of the first lot to the rear
Minimum interior setback (feet) first story: 5
Minimum rear setback (feet): Properties which have rear yards on Curtis or Electric Lanes: 15 feet, otherwise 10 feet
Minimum distance between buildings (feet measured from eave to eave) (feet): 5 Through lots. In the case of through lots, both street frontages shall be designated as front yards and shall comply with all regulations pertaining thereto, including setbacks, projections, location of parking spaces and open space.

Central Business District (CBD) Zone:
front setback: none
street side setback: none
interior side setback (feet): 0, 10 adjacent to a Residential Zoning District Rear setback (feet): 0, 10 adjacent to a Residential Zoning District Minimum Distance between buildings (feet measured from eave to eave): 5 East Main Commercial (EMC) Zone:
front setback: none
street side setback: none
interior side setback (feet): 0, 10 adjacent to a Residential Zoning District Rear setback (feet): 0, 10 adjacent to a Residential Zoning District Minimum Distance between buildings (feet measured from eave to eave): 5 Commercial Mixed-Use (CMU) Zone:
front setback: none
street side setback: none
interior side setback (feet): 0, 10 adjacent to a Residential Zoning District Rear setback (feet): 0, 10 adjacent to a Residential Zoning District Minimum Distance between buildings (feet measured from eave to eave): 5 Professional Office (PO) Zone:
front setback (feet): 20
street side setback (feet): 10
side setback (feet): 5
Rear setback (feet): 10
Minimum Distance between buildings (feet measured from eave to eave): 5 Industrial (I) Zone:
front setback (feet): 10
street side setback (feet): 10
side setback (feet): 0, 10 adjacent to a Residential Zoning District Rear setback (feet): 0, 10 adjacent to a Residential Zoning District Minimum Distance between buildings (feet measured from eave to eave): 5 R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Front Ground Floor: 15 feet
Rear: 10 feet
Side or Rear (next to R-1 zoned sites) for buildings above one story: 10 feet for height below 20 feet, plus use of "angle-plane".

Angle-plane: For yards abutting an R-1 zoned lot, an encroachment limit shall be established which is determined at a point twenty feet above the existing ground level at the setback line as required by subsection D above, and using a forty-five-degree angle inwards toward the property to create additional setback.

Side (next to an alley or lots zoned other than R-1) for main/accessory buildings: 10% of lot width. 5 minimum, 15 maximum.

Side (next to a public street) for main/accessory buildings: 10% of lot width.10 minimum, 15 maximum.

Side (next to an alley) for garages opening to alley: 25 feet from opposite side of alley
R-3-30 (High Density Residential Zone):

In the R-3-30 zone only, the minimum front yard setback for the first and second floors shall be fifteen feet.

Commercial Zone:

A.Front Yard. There shall be a front yard having a minimum depth of five feet extending across the full width of the lot.

B.Side Yard. Side yards adjacent to a street or alley shall be not less than ten feet in width.

C.Rear Yard. There shall be a rear yard of not less than fifteen feet in width; however, a maximum of ten feet of said rear yard may be used for off-street parking.

D.Yards Adjacent to Residential Zones. If either the side or rear yards are adjacent to any residential zone or use, a minimum of ten feet of the required yards shall be landscaped with specimen plants and trees (minimum fifteen gallon stock) to create a solid plant screen as represented on a landscaping plan approved by the director.

RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:

The minimum front setback shall be fifteen feet for all floors of the building, except along Michillinda Avenue and Baldwin Avenue, where the minimum front setback shall be five feet.

Rear: 10 feet
Side or Rear (next to R-1 zoned sites) for buildings above one story: 10 feet for height below 20 feet, plus use of "angle-plane".

Side (next to an alley or lots zoned other than R-1) for main/accessory buildings: 10% of lot width. 5 minimum, 15 maximum.

Side (next to a public street) for main/accessory buildings: 10% of lot width.10 minimum, 15 maximum.

Side (next to an alley) for garages opening to alley: 25 feet from opposite side of alley
Angle-plane: For yards abutting an R-1 zoned lot, an encroachment limit shall be established which is determined at a point twenty feet above the existing ground level at the setback line as required by subsection D above, and using a forty-five-degree angle inwards toward the property to create additional setback.

Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Stepbacks
Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

REQUIRED UPPER-STORY STEPBACK:

PUBLIC STREET
Buildings taller than three stories fronting on public streets shall include building height modulation to reduce building scale at the street edge. Any and all stories above the third story shall maintain an average setback of at least 12 feet from the front property line. The required upper story setback shall create usable outdoor space, such as a rooftop garden or similar amenity.

The Community Development Director/Designee is authorized to allow a reduction through the modification process of the required upper story setback by no more than five feet subject to the following:

1. Offset. Each square foot of additional building area proposed within the setback is offset with an additional square foot of public or quasipublic open space (excluding area required for sidewalk dedication or easement) at the street level.

2. Location. The public/quasi-public open space is located along the sidewalk frontage and is not covered by buildings.

3. Design. The design and location is consistent with applicable design guidelines.

SIDE/REAR STEP-BACK RELATION
TO SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL (R-1)
ZONE
A relational height limit to properties located next to the Single Family Residential (R-1) Zone is established to create an appropriate height relationship where new development is adjacent to an existing R-1 Zone. This limit is applied to new development on any parcels that abut another parcel with a R-1 Zone designation. Where a building is adjacent to an existing R-1 Zoned parcel along its side and/or rear property lines, the first two stories of a structure shall be set back a minimum of 10 feet from the side and/or rear property line. The building shall step back a minimum of 30 feet from the adjacent side and/or rear property line for the third story and any story above.

Activate upper-story stepback areas with balconies or roof gardens.

R-2 Two-Family Residential Zone (Medium Density): In all R-1 and R-2 zones, where the side or rear yard setback for the first story is the minimum required setback for the applicable zone, the second story of any residential structure shall be set back an additional two and one-half feet from the required minimum setback (see Figure 2-2). If the first story is set back 30 inches or more than the minimum required setback, no additional setback of the second story shall be required.

R-3 Multiple-Family Residential Zone (Medium Density): For structures with more than one story in the R-3 and R-4 zones, the rear setback shall be increased by five feet for each story or fractional story above the first story.

R-4 Multiple-Family Residential Zone (High Density): For structures with more than one story in the R-3 and R-4 zones, the rear setback shall be increased by five feet for each story or fractional story above the first story.

RM (Residential Medium) Zone:

Minimum interior setback (feet) upper stories: 6
RH (Residential High) Zone:

Minimum interior setback (feet) upper stories: 6
Chapter 23.13 Building and Site Design Standards:

West Main Corridor Master Plan:
-upper floor setbacks are encouraged
-respond to adjacent residential use with a sensitive transition in scale and massing; a step back in building height or break in massing is appropriate.

R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Front Second Floor: 25 feet
Build to Line
Central Business District (CBD) Zone, East Main Commercial (EMC) Zone, and Commercial Mixed-Use (CMU) Zone:

Buildings shall be located within ten feet of street-facing property lines for at least 50% of the linear street frontage.

Modifications. These requirements may be modified or waived through approval of a modification upon finding that:

1. Entry courtyards, plazas, entries, or outdoor eating areas are located adjacent to the property line and buildings are built to the edge of the courtyard, plaza, or dining area; or

2. The building incorporates an alternative entrance design that creates a welcoming entry feature facing the street or is designed in a manner that compliments adjacent or surrounding land uses.

Building Coverage
RM (Residential Medium) Zone:

Max lot coverage: 45%
RH (Residential High) Zone:

Max lot coverage: 55%
R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Building coverage shall not exceed an aggregate of 45% of the lot area.

Covered area shall be considered to be the total amount of land covered by residential structures, garages, driveways, and other impermeable surfaces. Decks, permeable patios, porous paving areas, vegetated roof areas, recreational areas, pedestrian walkways and terraces shall not be considered covered areas for the purpose of this standard. An additional 15% in covered area may be added to the aggregate, increasing it to 60% with the use of porous surfaces and/or vegetated roof areas.

Commercial Zone:

Coverage of any parcel by roofed structures shall not exceed eighty percent, exclusive of all existing or required streets, sidewalks and alleys.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 54
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Landscaping
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

All areas not covered by buildings, walkways, driveways, parking spaces, and service areas should be landscaped with climateappropriate plantings. Plant materials should favor native and native-compatible plants.

Landscaping should enhance the quality of the project by defining edges, framing and softening the appearance of buildings, defining site functions, screening parking and storage areas, and buffering uses and neighboring properties.

Landscaping at the base of buildings is encouraged to soften the transition between building and streets.

Landscaped areas should generally incorporate plantings utilizing a three-tiered system: a) trees, b) shrubs or vines, c) groundcover. Landscaping should be in scale with the adjacent buildings and be of appropriate size at maturity.

Placement of landscaping should not interfere with the lighting of the project area or restrict access to utilities.

Planters and pots placed in building recesses, adjacent to walls, plazas, and courtyards are encouraged. Planters and pots should complement building architecture. Bio-retention areas can be used to detain run-off in planters.

Street trees of a species identified by the City are required and should be spaced appropriately (in parkway strips or in tree-wells within wider sidewalks or plazas) to emphasize and reinforce the spatial definition between the building, pedestrian environment and the street.

Design tree wells to be consistent the City’s public realm tree well design, with tree wells occupying a minimum space of three feet by five feet to allow for healthy street trees.

City of Duarte Residential architectural and design standards (applies to all residential zones):

Multifamily Standards:

Landscaping shall be provided consistent with the requirements of Chapter 19.40 (Landscaping).

Parking shall be screened from streets through combined use of berming, walls, and landscaping (see Figure 3-21).

Common open space areas shall be landscaped appropriate to their function. See common open space standards in Section 19.10.060 (R-3 and R-4 Zones:

Additional Standards).

City of Duarte Residential Landscaping Standards:

The following standards shall apply to all parcels in all residential zones.

A.A minimum of 20 percent of the entire parcel shall be fully landscaped with plant materials.

B.At least 50 percent of the Front Yard Landscaped Area and 50 percent of the Visible Street Side Yard shall be landscaped with live vegetation, artificial turf, drought-tolerant landscaping or a combination of the three, as further described below:

1.Live vegetation may include turf, trees, shrubs, groundcover, flowers, or other similar vegetation.

2.Artificial turf is limited to no more than 40 percent coverage of the Front Yard Landscaped Area and shall include a minimum of 60 percent of live vegetation.

Artificial turf is limited to no more than 40 percent coverage of the Visible Street Side Yard and shall include a minimum of 60 percent of live vegetation. (See Section 4.2 of the Guidelines)

3.Drought tolerant landscaping shall include native water conserving plants. (See Section 4.3 of the Guidelines)
C.Artificial turf is not permitted within the parkway.

D.Bare dirt is not permitted within the front yard, visible street side yard or within the parkway. All bare dirt areas shall be finished with a minimum three inch thick layer of mulch, organic bark or earth-toned colored rubber bark.

E.Parking lots for multi-family developments providing 10 or more parking spaces shall be landscaped per the requirements of Section 19.38.200 (Parking Lot Landscaping).

Central Business District (CBD) Zone, East Main Commercial (EMC) Zone, and Commercial Mixed-Use (CMU) Zone:

Frontage improvements. The area between buildings and the property line shall be improved as part of a wider sidewalk, outdoor dining/seating area, or with landscaping.

Alhambra MC CHAPTER 23.17 LANDSCAPING:

23.17.020 APPLICABILITY.

The provisions of this chapter shall apply to the following:
(A) All new development.
(B) Additions to single-unit dwelling residential developments that expand existing floor area by 50% or more.
(C) Additions to multi-unit dwelling residential developments and nonresidential development that expand existing floor area by 10% or more. (D) All new and rehabilitated landscaping projects that include new irrigated landscaping over 2,500 square feet.

23.17.030 AREAS TO BE LANDSCAPED.

In addition to areas required to be landscaped pursuant to other sections of this title, the following areas shall be landscaped, and, where located on-site, may count toward the total area of a site required to be landscaped. All landscaping shall comply with the requirements of § 23.17.050.
(A) Street-facing yards. All street-facing yards shall be landscaped with live plants pursuant to § 23.17.050(A), except as follows:
(1) Hardscape areas.
(a) Residential.

1. Up to 25% of the yard area may be covered by non-decorative hardscape features (e.g., concrete, asphalt, gravel, driveways, sidewalks, etc.)

2. Up to 25% of the yard area may be covered by decorative permeable hardscape features (e.g., brick, stone, mulch, water feature, etc.). (b) Non-residential. Up to 75% of the yard area may be covered by hardscape features (e.g., concrete, asphalt, gravel, driveways, sidewalks, etc). (2) Through lots. Rear yards of through lots that are located behind a solid wall or fence five feet or higher in height approved through the modification process are not required to be landscaped.
(B) Sloped areas. All areas with 3:1 or greater slope.
(C) Parkways. Live plant materials shall be the primary materials used. No more than 25% of the parkway area shall be covered by non-decorative hardscape features (e.g., concrete, asphalt, gravel, sidewalks, etc.) No more than 25% may be covered by decorative permeable hardscape features (e.g., brick, mulch, etc.). The remaining 50% of the parkway area must be of live plant material which shall not exceed 36 inches in height and an automatic irrigation system shall be required for the parkway area(s). Loose decorative stone and sharp or thorned plant material are discouraged. Artificial turf is not allowed in parkways. All parkway tree species should be in accordance with the city's Street Tree Planting Plan.
(1) Landscaped parkways abutting streets must be maintained by the property owner in such a way as to keep all plant life alive, thriving and displaying its natural colors and shall be properly trimmed and cut. (D) Building perimeters. The portions of a non-residential building that front a public street shall have one or more landscape planters installed along a minimum 20% of that building face. The minimum width of the planter shall be three feet. This standard does not apply where a building is located on the front or street side property line.
(E) Parking areas. Parking areas as required by Chapter 23.20. (F) Unused areas. All areas of a project site not intended for a specific use, including areas planned for future phases of a phased development, shall be landscaped, hydroseeded, or left in a natural state.

23.17.050 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
(A) Materials.
(1) General.
(a) Required landscaped areas shall be planted with a combination of ground covers, shrubs, vines, and trees. A minimum of one different plant type per 1,000 square feet of lot area shall be provided, up to a maximum of ten different plant types.
(2) Required water efficient plants. One of the following options of types of plants shall be chosen to ensure that the landscape project meets water efficiency requirements.
(a) Option A: all low water plants. Exclusive of garden areas dedicated to edible plants, all plants and trees shall be low or very low water use (average California Department of Water Resources study, Water Use Classification of Landscape Species (WUCOLS) plant factor of 0.3). Option A is available for all residential and non-residential areas.
(b) Option B: primarily low water plants. Exclusive of garden areas dedicated to edible plants, at least 75% of the landscape area shall contain low or very low water use plants (average WUCOLS plant factor of 0.3). Option B is only available for residential areas.
(c) Option C: water use calculation. The estimated total water use (ETWU) of the landscaping shall not exceed the maximum applied water allowance (MAWA), calculated pursuant to the State Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO). Option C is available for all residential and non-residential areas.

1. Department of Water Resources Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance compliance required. Where Option C: water use calculation is selected, all requirements of the Department of Water Resources Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance shall apply.
(3) Size and spacing. Plant materials shall be grouped in hydrozones in accordance with their respective water, cultural (soil, climate, sun and light), and maintenance needs. Plants shall be of the following size and spacing at the time of installation:
(a) Ground covers. Ground cover plants other than grasses shall be at least the four-inch pot size. Areas planted in ground cover plants other than grass seed or sod must be planted at a rate of one per 12 inches on center. (b) Shrubs. Shrubs shall be a minimum size of one gallon. When planted to serve as a hedge or screen, shrubs shall be planted with two to four feet of spacing, depending on the plant species.
(c) Trees. Required trees must be planted in the ground. All parkway tree species shall be in accordance with the city's Street Tree Planting Plan.

1. Residential development. A minimum of one 24-inch box tree per 50 feet of street frontage shall be provided within the yard fronting the street. A minimum of at least one 24-inch box tree shall be required.

2. Mixed-use and non-residential development.
a. A minimum of one 36-inch box tree per 50 feet of street frontage shall be provided within the yard fronting the street.
b. A minimum of one tree of at least 15-gallon size shall be planted per 20 linear feet or as appropriate to create a tree canopy over the required setback along interior property lines abutting Residential Zones. (4) Artificial turf.
(a) Material. Artificial turf must meet minimum material standards, including the following:

1. The turf shall have a minimum eight-year no-fade warranty as issued by the manufacturer.

2. The turf shall be cut-pile infill, minimum pile height one and two-thirds inches and a maximum of one and three-quarter inches, with parallel long slit blades.

3. The synthetic turf blades (not including the thatch layer) shall be required to contain at least two natural green colors.

4. The turf must contain a beige or tan thatch layer.

5. Be affixed to a permeable triple-layer backing and allow water to percolate through the synthetic grass at a drain rate of at least 30 inches per hour, to an adequate drainage system installed underneath the artificial turf to prevent run-off, pooling and flooding.

6. The synthetic turf shall comply with all federal and state standards related to lead and heavy metal content.

7. The fill material shall be of silica sand or zeolite material that is brushed in to keep the blades upright and achieve a natural grass look. Any replacement fill shall be the same. The use of rubber crumb infill is prohibited.

8. Must be constructed to maximize dimensional stability, resist damage during normal use and minimize UV degradation with a tear grab strength of at least 200 pounds. It must be resistant to staining, weather, insects, rot, mildew, and fungus and shall be non-allergenic and non-toxic and able to pass the pill burn test for flammability.

9. The use of indoor/outdoor carpeting, and artificial shrubs, flowers, tress, and vines instead of natural plantings is prohibited. (b) Installation. Artificial turf must be installed pursuant to manufacturers requirements by a licensed professional with experience in the installation of artificial turf. In addition:

1. Installation must include removal of all existing plant material and three inches of a compacted aggregate base that provides adequate drainage and ensure stability.

2. The area must be sloped and graded to prevent excessive pooling, runoff, or flooding onto adjacent property. Artificial turf areas must be sufficiently R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):

Landscaping should be designed to minimize impact of development on surrounding properties. Tree preservation and landscaping with specimen trees are encouraged.

All open areas with the exception of vehicular accessways and parking areas, pedestrian walkways and paved and/or covered recreational facilities shall be landscaped and permanently maintained in an attractive manner. For new construction, on-site trees equivalent to one, fifteengallon tree for each dwelling unit shall be provided. Additional trees and shrubs shall also be planted to provide a well-balanced landscape plan.

For the purpose of this section other specimen material as approved by the planning department may be considered as equivalent to a fifteengallon tree.

Commercial Zone:

All site landscaping shall be so designed with both form and function in mind and not just as a decorative element. Desirable aspects of landscape design that are:

1.Plant material selection for seasonal color;

2.Low maintenance plant materials;

3.Use of ground cover plant materials rather than nonplant substitutes;

4.Use of native trees when appropriate.

Review of a proposed design shall be related to the surrounding existing development with greater emphasis placed upon compatibility with adjacent development related to:
g.Landscaping
The provisions of Chapter 17.68 shall apply in addition to the following:

A.All open areas with the exception of vehicular accessways and parking areas, pedestrian walkways, approved outdoor seating and sales areas, and paved or covered recreational facilities shall be landscaped and irrigated. Such landscaping and irrigation system shall be permanently maintained. Existing trees to be removed shall be replaced with a substitute specimen trees (minimum thirty-inch box container size) elsewhere on the site.

B.All planted areas shall be surrounded by a curb of concrete or comparable material at least six inches above the higher of the final grade or the pavement of the parking lot, except when such planted areas lie adjacent to a paved sidewalk, masonry wall or a building.

C.Landscaping shall consist of trees, shrubs and ground covers with careful consideration given to eventual size, form, susceptibility to disease and pests, durability, water consumption and adaptability to soil and climate conditions.

D.A landscape plan drawn at a scale of not less than one inch to thirty feet shall be submitted and shall include:

1.Square footage of each landscaped area;

2.Total square footage of all landscaped areas;

3.Percentage of the site devoted to landscaping;

4.Type of plant materials, i.e., the botanical and common names;

5.Location of all plant materials;

6.Container size and number of all plant materials;

7.Type, size and location of a permanent irrigation system.

RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:

Landscaping should be designed to minimize impact of development on surrounding properties. Tree preservation and landscaping with specimen trees are encouraged.

Exhibit A Duarte Alhambra Sierra Madre
Parking Requirements
Duarte Station Specific Plan (Esperanza and Solana):

Studio/1-Bedroom: 1 per unit
2-Bedroom: 1.8 per unit
3-Bedroom: 2 per unit
Guest spaces: Projects over 150 units: 0.15 per unit; projects 149 units or less:

0.2 per unit
Tandem Parking: Residential - Allowed if both spaces are shared by the same unit
Affordable Housing Parking Requirements - the number of required parking spaces for affordable housing developments shall be determined on a case-bycase basis to ensure the economic feasibility of affordable housing projects. The parking requirement shall be determined by the Community Development Director or designee or the final decisionmaking body if associated with an entitlement package subject to Planning Commission or City Council review.

Duarte Town Center Specific Plan:

Mixed-Use Parking Allowances
• The first 1,000 square feet of gross commercial floor area in a mixed-use development is exempt from providing off-street parking. • Guest spaces for residential uses may be fulfilled through required commercial parking (shared).
• Parking requirements may be reduced up to 50 percent, subject to a conditional use permit and required parking study completed by the City and paid for by the applicant/developer.

Residential Parking Requirements:

Live-Work Unit: 2 spaces per unit and 1 guest parking space per each 2 units Studio and 1-bedroom units: 1 space per dwelling unit, plus 1 guest parking space per each 4 units
2-bedroom units: 2 spaces per dwelling unit with 2 bedrooms, plus 1 guest parking space per each 4 units
3-bedroom+ (includes 2-bedroom with den): Parking requirements are to be determined through required parking
analysis.

For multi-family development projects, tandem spaces shall not constitute more than 50 percent of all required spaces within a development. Tandem spaces shall not be permitted for guest spaces.

Chapter 23.20 Parking and Loading:

Multi-unit parking requirement - 2 spaces within an enclosed garage per unit, 0.5 guest parking space per unit. Guest parking may be uncovered CBD Zoning District multi-unit parking requirement: 1.5 spaces per unit plus 0.3 guest parking spaces per unit
R-3-13 Zone (Medium/High Density Residential Zone):
1 space for studio or 1 bedroom unit
2 spaces for 2 bedroom unit or more
Commercial Zone:

A.The number of off-street parking spaces required for residential uses shall be as follows:

1.For each dwelling unit with a floor area (not counting parking area) up to one thousand square feet: one parking space.

2.For each dwelling unit with a floor area (not counting parking area) greater than one thousand and up to three thousand five hundred square feet: two parking spaces.

3.For each dwelling unit with a floor area (not counting parking area) greater than three thousand five hundred square feet: three parking spaces.

4.For multi-family projects, guest parking shall be required at a ratio of one parking space per five dwelling units, rounded to the nearest whole number; provided however, that no guest parking shall be required for the first four dwelling units in each multi-family project. For example, a multi-family project with fifteen dwelling units would require two guest parking spaces (as the project would have eleven dwelling units subject to the guest parking requirement, multiplied by 0.2 equals 2.2, which would be rounded down to two).

5.For each affordable unit, the number of required parking spaces shall be one fewer per dwelling unit than required by subsections 1 through 3 above, and no guest parking shall be required for a multi-family project that includes one or more affordable units.

6.Parking for second units shall be provided in accordance with Chapter

17.22. 7.Required parking for group living facilities subject to a conditional use permit shall be determined by the planning commission. In addition to other findings required in order to approve any such application, the planning commission shall also find the proposed group living facility will not unreasonably overload street parking or public parking facilities nor create a nuisance.

8.Emergency shelters shall accommodate all staff working in the emergency shelter. One parking space for each employee or volunteer on duty, plus one space for every vehicle operated by the facility, provided that the standards do not require more parking for emergency shelters than other residential or commercial uses within the same zone.

RHO (Religious Housing Overlay) Zone:

Development under the RHO zone is eligible for the alternative or special parking standards described in Section 17.34.070.

Alternative Parking Standards:
0-1 bedrooms, 0.5 spaces
2-3 bedrooms, 1 space
4+ bedrooms, 2 spaces
Special Parking Standards:

0.5 spaces for Housing development with at least 11% very low income, 20% lower income, or 40% moderate income units and located within one-half mile of a major transit stop
0 spaces for:
-Development 100% affordable to lower income households and located within one-half mile of major transit stop
-Senior housing development 100% affordable to lower income households, with paratransit service or located within one-half mile of a bus route operating at least 8 times per day
-Special needs housing development 100% affordable to lower income households, with paratransit service or located within one-half mile of a bus route operating at least 8 times per day
-A supportive housing development 100% affordable to lower income households
Sloping
RM (Residential Medium) Zone and RM (Residential Medium) Zone:

Sloping lot adjustment. Where a lot has a slope greater than 25 percent, measured from the curb line to a point midway between the side lot lines at a distance of 50 feet from the front lot line, the minimum required front setback is that of the zone. An attached or detached garage with a maximum capacity of two cars and no more than 10 feet in height measured from the front property line, may be set back a minimum of five feet from the front and side property lines.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 55
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Memo of ODS | The Arroyo Group
SGV COG Objective Design Standards
25 September 2025

EXHIBIT B

MEMORANDUM OF OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS RESEARCH
P25056 | SGV COG Objective Design Standards | San Gabriel Valley ONYX Architects was contracted as a consultant to The Arroyo Group to assist with the development of a Regional Objective Design Standard (ODS) applicable to the San Gabriel Valley. In an effort to complete Task 2 – Research and Outlines, under the list of SGVCOG & The Arroyo Group approved deliverables and outlined tasks, ONYX has prepared this memorandum that list specific observations of successful and unsuccessful ODS documents based on its effectiveness in implementation to a city or community.

Following is a summary and/or list of findings from ONYX’s experience and research of successful or unsuccessful regional zoning approaches and effective ODS implementation in other cities.

COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO - ODS
Latest draft completed on May 30, 2024, this document starts with the California State law that requires housing projects subject to the Housing Accountability Act (HAA) to be reviewed with design criteria under the definition of Objective Standards. This ODS considers immediate context in reviewing the appropriateness of a proposed development’s siting, size, programing and design.

Successful aspects:
• Covers a range of scales – site design, building massing, and architecture. • Ensures development reflects key features of a walkable urban environment • Provides standards that address issues related to a new building’s relationship to its existing context • Provides architectural standards that are focused on creating dimension, texture, and character critical for creating an engaging pedestrian friendly environment
• Establishes a clear structure for each “standard”, which each standards is listed & described, gives allencompassing rationale, and illustrations that further describe its application. • Provides options for different block confirmations / sizes, which is clearly distinguished by measurable sizes. • Identifies certain districts / communities where standards are applicable. • References code compliance as needed.
• Provides a mix of graphics, diagrams, and photograph illustrations Unsuccessful aspects:
• Does not capture unique site conditions, such as terrain or easements, or odd shaped lots • Not enough graphics to capture each ‘standard’.
• Graphics are too detailed and do not highlight the key aspects of the standard / design intent • Does not provide enough alternatives, for example building mass, standard states ‘when building abuts the side property line of a residential property, the first 10 lateral feet of the new building shall be no taller then the height of the adjacent structure.” This standard is ambiguous, particularly regarding how height is measured and whether features such as penthouses, parapets, or railing are included. Additionally, the graphics provided only depict flat roofs, offering limited applicability to different building types. • Does not guide standards to be located or emphasized in certain locations. For instance, where modulation is required, focus modulation at primary entries or openings, if in series distribute evenly throughout the building façade, etc.
• Missing a definitions page for architectural elements / features. Graphics are not enough.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 56
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum

CITY OF DEL MAR - ODS
The latest draft completed on September 2024, this document starts with the California State law that requires housing project subject to the Housing Accountability Act (HAA) to be reviewed with design criteria under the definition of Objective Standards. It also discusses its intent of protecting the City’s unique residential seaside community.

Successful aspects:
• Covers a range of scales – site planning and design, building design, and ground-floor design. • Provides a definitions section.
• Provides administrative exceptions with detailed explanation • Establishes a clear structure for each “standard”, which each standard is listed & described, gives allencompassing rationale, and illustrations that further describe its application. • Provides options of site and building features to choose from as it relates to a standard • Clearly labels each illustration as it relates to each standard • Illustrations are clear and highlight each standard with consistent graphics. This helps both applicant’s and city staff understand each design standard
• Includes photos of successful project in the city which is in compliance to one or multiple standards. • Provide an asterisk to each standard, when non-applicable to a certain district or neighborhood. • Overall, formant, font, layout, and graphics are consistent, not-overpowering, and legable.

Unsuccessful aspects:
• Rational is over simplified and not connected to all sub-categories / standards. • Does not provide enough information on building finishes, materials, or color as it relates to building type or architectural style.
• Overall, the ODS could use a section that describes districts or neighborhoods in question. This will need to be cross-referenced with current city maps.
• Definitions could use graphics to help understand.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 57
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 58
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Memo of ODS | The Arroyo Group
SGV COG Objective Design Standards
9 September 2025

CITY OF ORANGE - ODS
The latest draft completed on September 2024, this document starts with the California State law that requires housing project subject to the Housing Accountability Act (HAA) to be reviewed with design criteria under the definition of Objective Standards. It also clarifies that the standards may also be implemented as a replacement or to add supplemental detail specific existing standards, which is what the SGVCOG is expecting.

Successful aspects:
• Covers a range of scales – site planning and operations, form & scale, frontage, and open space. • Provides information about instance of conflict between standards and the City’s Municipal Code. • Clarifies when the document provides options for the City as opposed to implementing multiple together. • Each standard has a reference number / label to the city’s municipal code. • Standards includes a list of options to pick from, such as “at least three” • Address Easements, Emergency Vehicle Circulation, and other special case situations • Provides a detailed glossary / definitions
• Illustration are clear and highlight each standard. This helps both applicant’s and city staff understand each design standard.
• Overall, format, font, layout, and graphics are consistent, not-overpowering, and legable.

Unsuccessful aspects:
• Does not provide enough graphics for many standards
• Rational could be focused on a singular design aspect. Too over-arching • Overall, the ODS could use a section that describes districts or neighborhoods in question. This will need to be cross-referenced with current city maps.
• Definitions could use graphics to help understand.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 59
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum

CITY OF SANTA BARBARA - ODS
The latest effective as of March 27, 2025, this document starts with the California State law that requires housing project subject to the Housing Accountability Act (HAA) to be reviewed with design criteria under the definition of Objective Standards. It provides clear goals and relationship to General Plan.

Successful aspects:
• It identifies zones/districts/neighborhood by table and key map • Covers a range of scales – site design, building types, frontages, and architectural design • Provides an exceptions section
• Provides a definitions section
• Provides architectural style section that relates to the City’s Municipal Code. • The overall document is formatted in a table list format with keynotes that refer to graphics • Very detailed description of standards and definitions • Provides photo examples based on building typology and multiple photos • Provides elements of different architectural styles and character defining features.

Unsuccessful aspects:
• Keynotes are too similar and hard to follow
• Text is very code format and can be overwhelming
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 60
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 61
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum COUNTY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO – DESIGN GUIDELINES
The City of San Luis Obispo provides design guidelines that consist of design objectives, guidelines, and examples that retain and enhance the unique character of the County. This document is old, but upholds the diverse and unique qualities of village and urban areas.

Successful aspects:
• Focuses on specific centers, districts, downtowns, and development by use • Detailed guidelines with measurable goals and clear examples • Relates to other city documents for each guideline
• Very detailed definitions / glossary
Unsuccessful aspects:
• Outdated, so does not account for or promote certain uses or typologies • Graphics may be misguiding due to over generalizing the design intent / goal CITY OF TORRANCE – DESIGN GUIDELINES
The City of Torrance provides a quick-guide or reference to common Architectural styles, Architectural terms, and rehabilitation of historic buildings in the city: Architectural Design Guidelines | City of Torrance. This can be a example of a simple layout for descriptive architectural styles.

Successful aspects:
• Covers the main character defining features of each architectural style in 2 pages or less. • Graphics are consistent with each other
Unsuccessful aspects:
• Photo illustrations are very traditional and doesn’t account for new construction, where certain elements or features can be difficult to build but possible. Just needs more modern examples.

SCAG Objective Design Standards
In 2022-2023, the Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) initiated a project to develop a common set of objective design standards that could then be tailored to the communities of Santa Monica, South Pasadena, Montebello and Santa Fe Springs. The standards were simple in nature and able to be inserted into the zoning code.

However, ultimately, the needs of each community were very different, leading to limited utilization. Santa Fe Springs, which was seeking to create a new downtown, adopted the objective standards into its zoning code. However, in South Pasadena, the Planning Commission and community members felt that the standards did not adequately take into account that city’s unique needs. In Santa Monica, the draft was reduced to a limited set of standards and ultimately not adopted. Montebello has not adopted its standards either. The project is exposes the conundrum of regional design standard efforts; community character and regulatory structure can be very different in different jurisdictions, leading to very different design standard needs. Projects either respond by becoming more focused on the particular jurisdictions involved and crafting standards for their unique needs, or abstracting the process into mere recommendations rather than implementable standards.

Strengths:
• Simple, clear diagrams
• Contains standards about unique topics, such as horizontal elements, enhancement of blank walls, security bars
• Simplified frontage regulations
• Menus of choices for modulation and façade composition Weaknesses:
• Difficult to formulate a correct approach to some topics (for example, streetwall and massing) given the great diversity in built environment among the four cities
• No photographic examples
• No rationale provided for standards
San Joaquin Valley Objective Design Standards Guidebook The Fresno Council of Governments led an effort to create a guidebook that could serve the entire San Joaquin, or Central, Valley. The background information is a good resource to help guide the structuring and utilization of Objective Design Standards.

Strengths:
• Includes a summary of legal considerations, including the difference between HAA (streamlined approval process) and SB35 (ministerial approval process).
• Gives good guidance as a regional document to local jurisdictions about the various methods of constructing objective design standards, and the considerations between these methods. • Describes best practices which include the use of guidelines or intent statements to clarify the purpose and goal of statements, and allow flexibility
• Describes different approval processes for projects which meet standards, which meet the intent but not letter of the standards, or which do not meet the standards
Weaknesses:
• Community character is less relevant to San Gabriel Valley • Does not present actual recommended objective design standards CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 62
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Western Riverside Council of Governments Objective Design Standards Toolkit This toolkit was prepared in 2022; some cities later adapted and adopted it (e.g. Temecula). A chapter on landscape standards is particularly noteworthy.

Strengths:
• Includes landscape standards
• Graphics show multiple standards at once
• Provides thorough common open space standards
Weaknesses:
• Some standards are more appropriate to large, master-planned type projects more common in Riverside County
ABAG Objective Design Standards Handbook
This is a well-written, beautifully prepared guidebook for residential and mixed-use projects in the San Francisco Bay Area. The guidebook approaches the biggest issues in objective design standards holistically, with perspectives discussing the economic, design and community planning considerations of using such tools as building types, frontage types, and building modulation standards. It will be a useful resource when evaluating different design standards for the San Gabriel Valley.

Strengths:
• Provides a lot of explanation around the recommended standards, and complements regulatory diagrams with recommended and not recommended photographic examples
• Conducted interviews with developers to determine the impact of different types of objective design standards on economic feasibility
• Standards of particular interest include a more comprehensive list of frontage types, roof standards, and block and open space standards for large sites
• Attempts to classify the Bay Area into PlaceTypes where different standards will apply Weaknesses:
• Standards and graphics are adapted from form-based codes, which may be more difficult to map on to cities’ existing standards
• Mostly focused on high-density development
• Place Type application may be difficult in different jurisdictions •
• Thorough common open space standards (may be more appropriate to masterplanned type developments) ABAG
• Notes issues with other City/County departments
• Provides a matrix of PlaceTypes and which categories of standards are relevant where
• Provides a lot of explanation around the recommended standards, and recommended and not recommended examples
• Fuller list of frontage types
• Adjacency standards may be too restrictive
• Implementing the PlaceType distinctions may be difficult in different jurisdictions • Form-based code type graphics, and many form-based code type standards • Roof standards
• Block and open space standards for large sites
• Conducted interviews with developers to determine the impact of different types of objective design standards on economic feasibility
Memo of ODS | The Arroyo Group SGV
COG Objective Design Standards
25 September 2025
1 EXHIBIT C
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 63
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 64
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 65
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 66
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Memo of ODS | The Arroyo Group SGV
COG Objective Design Standards
25 September 2025
1 EXHIBIT D
2 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

District
Main St (area around Garfield and just west of garfield ) City: Alhambra
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 1920's - 1950's Renovations made to many/
façade improvements Overall Good / Fair yes
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
Older Buildings 1-2 15'-20'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
0' 0' 0' 0'
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Flat Boxy no/ 1 passthrough
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style American Commercial
flat roofs, brick, storefront
windows, tight commercial
spaces
Building Type Typology
Single story commercial
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Store front windows, recessed
entry, corner entry, awnings,
Prominent commercial signage
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Street Facing, Recesseced, glass
storefront doors Large store front windows not clear
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Brick/ Stucco Multi earth tones, shades of
beige, brick tar and gravel Sidewalk, Cement planters
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Planters both built in and pots,
palm trees material change/ color plants, flowers, trees (fair amount) Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Signage, parapets, awnings,
brick/stucco façades
Minimal variations in storefront
spacing, signage scale, and
material changes
Shopfront/forecourt walkable, car-oriented, active
commercial/dining
General Notes:

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 67
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum 3 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

District
Main St
City: Alhambra
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2000's Well Maintained Good / Fair No
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
Newer Buildings 1-5 20'-60'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
0' 0' 0' 0'
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Varied Flat/ Gable Towers
Rectangular geometretrical
language, some buildings have
geometry interupted by massing
components or modular systems
no
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Spanish Colonial Revival, Art
Deco, American Commercial
Arches, Clay tile roofs, stucco
walls
flat roofs, brick, large storefront
windows
Building Type Typology
Podium, Single
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Ground Floor Retail, Large Store
front windows, recessed entry,
corner entry, awnings, Prominent
commercial signage
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Street Facing, Recesseced,
Corner Entries Large store front windows na
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Stucco Multi earth tones, shades of
beige, brick Clay tile when visible Passthroughs though building breaks Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Street trees none consistent Plantings (very minimal)
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Awning, Signage, balcony,
window and opening variation
Color variance on facades, plane
changes, varied heights, tower
uses, fenestration, roof line
breaks along parapets
Shopfront podium parking access from side
streets
General Notes:
4 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

District

RH ZONE
City: Alhambra
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance late 1960's–early 2000's na Fair – minor staining, aged stucco, No Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
2 stories above tuck-under
garage level. 25'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
Generally 10-15' 5-10' 5-10' assume 10-15'
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Predominantly gable roofs
Long, narrow massings, boxt
structures
Symmetrical facades with
central driveway recesses;
repetitive architectural rhythms.

Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Spanish Colonial
Revival–inspired,
some craftsman
Stucco walls, red tile roofs,
arched windows, balconies,
Pitched Roof/ Front Porch/
Building Type Typology
Walk-Up / Courtyard / Podium
Hybrid, residential units above
garages with central access
driveways.

Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Projecting gables, arched window
bays, recessed central driveways
with garages.

Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Street Facing, neutral color
Front: multi-pane arched
windows;
Sides: rectangular sliding
Not Clear
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Smooth stucco finish,
light-colored. Beiges. Red clay or concrete tiles/ Shingle Front Steps, Sloped drive entries,
curb cuts, retaining walls near
driveways.

Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Shrubs, Grass, Small trees,
low maintenance plants walk way rocks rocks
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Gabled roof ends, recessed
entries, vegetation in front, buffer
material changes, gabled roofs,
balconies, courtyard/building
breaks for tuck under parking
Stoop/ Porch
General Notes:

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 68
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum 5 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

District
Huntington Dr
City: Duarte
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 1950's-1980's
Partial: some repainting, modern
signage, minor repairs or
remodels
Fair: roof and façades show wear;
signage and landscaping are
maintained
City Hall?
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
1,2 15'-20'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
20' 10' 10' 15'
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Gable, Low pitch hip Boxy/ eculidean none to minimal
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Spanish Colonial Arches, Clay tile roofs, stucco
walls
Building Type Typology
Commercial, strip mall, motel
apartment
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Spanish features, decorative
parapet, street/car oriented
commercial
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Aluminum/glass storefront,
neutral colors
Small to medium, recessed,
rectangular none observed
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Stucco, Tile details Beige / Off-white Clay tile Concrete sidewalks, asphalt lots Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Palm trees, shrubs Concrete paths, driveways Grass patches, small hedges Minimal Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Recessed entries, canopy
Minimal depth or plane changes,
typical articulation coming from
overhangin pitch of roof or some
sort of parapet feature
Commercial Storefront, Parking
lots
podium parking access off main
street
General Notes:
walkable, strip mall, small-town, typical spanish style homes and commerical buildings, some ranch style/townhome 6 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

District
Esperanza Ave/Suffolk Ave
City: Sierra Madre
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 1950's-1980's Minimal, some repainting,
possible rennovations
Fair: overall well kept, signs od
age but maintained well possible
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
2 20'-25'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
15' 5' 5' not clear
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Gable, Boxy/ eculidean breaks in cases for some
townhome style homes
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Spanish Colonial / Ranch Style Arches, Clay tile roofs, stucco walls
Brick base, shingled upper
façade, symmetrical fenestration
Building Type Typology
Apartment (2-story)/ multi-family
residential
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Walkways/steps, street oriented
doors, windows, planting,
driveways visible, dense
evergreen screening
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Typical residential front doors
(varied windows)/ some cases
iron gate
Small to medium, sliders/double
hung none observed
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Stucco, brick Beige / Off-white/ blues Clay tile/ Shingle Concrete sidewalks, Walkways, Steps, Driveways
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Hedges, Trees, Lawns Concrete paths, driveways,
Steps, Walkways Lawn strips, roses, bushes
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Flat façade with central entry,
raised yards, brick and material
change on façade
Minimal plane change, Some
Articulation with balconies and
gable protrutions
Stoop, Yard
General Notes:

Quiet small town feel, overall style feels like spanish and ranch style majority, others mixed in no real intent CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 69
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Memo of ODS | The Arroyo Group
SGV COG Objective Design Standards
25 August 2025
1 EXHIBIT E
2 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project
116 Mclean St similar façade to 630 stoneman, simpler in detail as far as projections and greening City: Alhambra
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2000's maintained no singificant
changed noticed
Good, Maintained façade and
landscaping No
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
2 25'-30'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
20' 10' 10' 10'
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Gable Boxy between homes
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Spanish Red clay roof tiles, arched
entries, stucco and stone veneer
Building Type Typology
Townhouse
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features entry stoop projection, gables,
landscaped walkways,
symmetrical units
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Street facing arched dark wood,
decorative glass
multi pane, recessed
symmetriccal not clear
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Stucco with stone veneer Warm beige with earth tone Clay Tile Concrete drive, steps, retaining walls, gate
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Shrubs, hedges, trees Walkways/ steps, planters Flower beds, low hedges, ground cover wood chips
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Arched entries, symmetrical
windows, tile rooflines
Plane changes, use of recess and
projection in the vertical elements Stoop 1/2 subterranean parking access off main street
Strengths:

Appropriate openings for the Spanish architectural style Weaknesses:

High planters/landscaping percentage reducing usability,Lacking in ornamentation or detail, e.g. wrought iron,Position of the open space is a little too open to the street; could have recessed entry, trellis element, or more enclosed with buildings. Lack of privacy.

Evaluation:

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 70
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum 3 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project
102 Mclean St
City: Alhambra
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2000's New/ well maintained Good / well maintained No
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
2 25'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
10' 5-10' 5-10' 5'-10'
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Gable
Rectilinear geometrical language,
repeating elements, rectangular
blocks with linear moduluation.
between homes
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Craftsman
Pitched Roof/ Front Porch/
Tapered Columns/ Lap Siding
Building Type Typology
Townhouse
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Porches/ gables/ window,
columns/ walkway
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Street Facing, neutral color multi pane, recessed
symmetriccal not clear
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Lap Siding Shades of beige Shingle Front Steps, stone veneer Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Shrubs, hedges material change/ color Flower beds, low hedges, ground cover wood chips
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Gable details, columns stone
veneer, almost arcade like porch
windows and door façade over
very symmetrical and organized
Upper floors stepped back from
façade, Plane changes, varied
heights, tower use, fenstration
Porch/ Stoop 1/2 subterranean parking access
off main street
Strengths:

Clear Craftsman style, second level pop-outs, exposed gable beams, detailed gable transitions, tapered porch posts, brick piers with caps, white corner trim, consistent window and corner detailing, subterranean parking, driveway median softens apron, landscape buffer at patios Weaknesses:

Shallow or faux porches lacking weather protection, unactivated center courtyard, faux porches not functional, 6x6 or 8x8 planters (underutilized) Evaluation:
4 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project
1419 Benito Ave
City: Alhambra
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2010's New Development Good No
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
3 35'-40'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
15' 5-10' 5-10' 10'
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Gable, hipped Boxy/ Vertical
Recessed entries and balconies
at each level; façade steps back
at upper floors
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Contemporary spanish
Stucco, clay tile accents, arched
entries, iron balcony railings,
stone veneer
Building Type Typology
Walk-up, Townhouse/ multifamily
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Balconies, arched recessed
entries, alternating materials
(stucco & stone), small private
patios
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Street-facing, solid, earth-tone,
recessed
Flush and recessed, whiteframed, double-hung & slidingRecessed balconies, vent openings
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Stucco and stone veneer cladding Beige, tan, natural stone Clay tile Walkways, entry steps, raised planters
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Small trees, structured hedges Concrete walkways, raised walls Grass, low shrubsm, low maintenance planting
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Covered balconies, arched
entries, stone/stucco contrast
Varied planes, recessed and
protruding elements, textured
materials
Porch, yard, balcony Low garden walls, separated unit
entries, no visible utility elements
Evaluation:

Strengths:

Sufficient building modulation, shed roof at primary entry with arched opening, decorative ironwork and awnings compatible with Spanish style, consistent use of Spanish elements like tile vents, arched openings, single-leaf wood entry door Weaknesses:
very repetitive with minimal variation across 900 ft block, no public access or breaks along frontage, scattered and disjointed layout, weak corner definition, ineffective third-story stepback, lacks base/middle/top organization, repetitive square modules create monotonous rhythm, heavy and overwhelming cinder block and split-face walls, no clear frontage for unit entries, oversized cornices and window details, unbalanced porch covers, inconsistent application of Spanish style, lacks asymmetry and shape variety, underscaled window shutters CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 71
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum 5 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project
630 Stoneman
City: Alhambra
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2000's New/ well maintained Good No
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
2 25'-30'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
20' 5-10' 5-10' 5'-10'
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Gable Boxy between homes
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Spanish Red clay roof tiles, arched
entries, stucco and stone veneer
Building Type Typology
Townhouse
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features entry stoop projection, gables,
landscaped walkways,
symmetrical units
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Street facing arched dark wood,
decorative glass
multi pane, recessed
symmetriccal not clear
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Stucco with stone veneer Warm beige with earth tone Clay Tile Concrete drive, steps, retaining walls, gate
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Shrubs, hedges, trees Walkways/ steps, planters Flower beds, low hedges, ground cover wood chips
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Arched entries, symmetrical
windows, tile rooflines
Plane changes, use of recess and
projection in the vertical elements Stoop 1/2 subterranean parking access off main street
Evaluation:

Strengths:

Provides architectural details that are consistent with the selected Spanish style, including tile decorative vents, arched openings, and a single-leaf solid wood door at the primary entry.

Weaknesses:

Proportions are a bit off; cornices are too large and visually dominant. Porch cover and window details are oversized and appear unbalanced relative to the building massing. There is a lack of consistency in the application of the architectural style—Spanish architecture typically embraces asymmetry and a mix of shapes, which is not well-reflected here. The overall composition of the façade feels disorganized. Window shutters are not appropriately scaled to the window openings.
6 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project / District (circle one): Casita de Zen Specific Plan Street (for districts): West Main Street & North 3rd Street City: Alhambra
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2015
Semi-private interior wall finish
improvments Good No Historical Relevance
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
5 55 - 60 ft.

Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
1 foot 1 to 3 feet (street side) 0 feet (interior side) 6 feet Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Gable & Hipped roofs Vertical
1 to 3-foot depth for every 10 feet @
ground level
6-foot depth for every 10 to 20 feet @
2nd – 4th floors
3-foot depth for every 30 feet @ 5th
floor
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Spanish Revival
Arched openings, heavy roofing,
upper level balconies, ironwork, wide
range of opening sizes, emphasis on
overall structural mass
Building Type Typology
Podium with garage and commerial at
ground level and residential and
courtyard at upper levels
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Open trellis structures, decorative
railing, fence, and grilles, decorative
gable vents, and corner rotunda
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Street facing or arcade facing, black
and grey aluminum door frame,
double swing at street level and
sliding at balconies
3x4 sliding, 2x casements, and
garden windows, flush with detailed
reveals or thickened surround,
proportioned per interior program
Graden window and prefabricated
garage grille/railing for fresh air
intake.

Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Smooth stucco, 1" stucco reveals,
course belt trim between 4th and 5th
floor, stucco columns
Grey, tan, and white walls; green roof
fascias; black and brown ironwork,
brown wood elements, and black and
grey windows and doors
Red slate roof tiles with half-round
edges. Soffit underside of roof eave
(boxed) Scored and colored concrete
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Vines on courtyard trellis, perimeter
landscape screening, and
shrub/green walls Concrete walkways and driveway
Gravel in landscape areas at ground
level
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Pop-out balconies, corner rotunda,
void at upper levels due to open
courtyard.

Material Changes at windows and at
different floor levels, Changes in
Plane vertically due to balconies,
stairswells, courtyards, or primary
entry points, Proportions of Openings
to Wall is larger at ground level then
upper levels.

Shopfront and residential lobby,
Arcade to parking and
retail/resturants, and covered dining
areas, and open parking garage at
ground level
Decorative fencing, awning, exterior
seating, art feature, and exterior light
fixtures, Utlitiy Location at roof
Strengths:

Residential portion of facade seems good, level of modulation may be appropriate Weaknesses:

Not consistent enough between podium & residential area (no common language of forms) corner turret may be the wrong move; not large enough to be usable on the ground floor & not enough separation; moved the entry from its intended location at the corner,roof is too busy, Would have been better to break massing on Main - crowds street too much? Evaluation:

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 72
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum 7 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project / District (circle one): Alhambra Pacific Plaza - 300 West Main Street Specific Plan Street (for districts): West Main Street & South 3rd Street & 4th Street City: Alhambra
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2016
Commerical signage and awning
improvements Good No Historical Relevance
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
5 55 - 60 ft.

Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
3-15 foot 3 -6 feet (street side) 3-6 feet (street side) 25 feet Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Shed & Hipped roofs Vertical with mass podium
3 to 15-foot depth for every 15 feet
@ ground level
2-foot depth for every 10 to 20 feet
@ upper floors
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Mediterranean
Arched openings, barrel roofing,
upper level balconies, heavy base,
emphasis on wall and window
details
Building Type Typology
Podium with garage and commerial
at ground level and residential and
courtyard at upper levels
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Trellis structures, decorative railing,
decorative trim and course belt, and
corner rotunda
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Street facing or Arcade facing, Silver
aluminum door frame, Double swing
at street level and sliding at
balconies
3x4 to 4x5 sliding and 2x3 singlehung, flush with stucco surround trim, organized in a serial rythum
Square openings for garage fresh air
intake, and 15-20 foot tall storefront
windows with grids
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Smooth stucco, stone base that
wraps around the ground floor, 1"
stucco reveals, course belt trim,
cornice trim, stucco band &
decorative trim
Grey, tan, and white walls; red
awnings; black ironwork,
green/brown trellis, and white
windows and door frames
Terracotta-colored Barrel roof tiles
with half-round edges. Soffit
underside of roof eave (boxed) Scored concrete
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Potted plants along public sidewalk Concrete walkways and driveway Planting at ground level Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Recessed balconies, corner rotunda
(octagon shape), side entrance
plaza / public amenities space
Material Changes at storefront base
and building modulations, Changes
in Plane due to balconies, grouped
windows, and primary entry points,
Proportions of Openings to Wall is
larger at ground level then upper
levels.

Storefront, Public plaze with Arcade
to parking and residential lobby, and
uncovered dining areas, and open
parking garage at ground level
facing the rear
Decorative railing, fabric awnings
and metal canopies, public seating/
art feature, and exterior light fixtures,
Utlitiy Location at roof
Evaluation:

Strengths:

More attention to storefront details, awnings, bulkhead, datum line at top of the podium, Clear base/middle/top, Stepback helps, Intent with trim and material change - around archways, vertical modules Weaknesses:

Plazas are not as useable (shallow)
Entry was moved from the indicated/designed location
8 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project / District (circle one): Plaza on Main
Street (for districts): West Main Street & South 4th Street & 5th Street City: Alhambra
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 1926 (305 W Main St)
1999 (369 W Main St) Storefronts & Bulkhead renovations Moderate 305 W Main St - No Historical
Relevance
369 W Main St - No Historical
Relevance
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
5 55 ft.

Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
0 - 6 inches 1 feet (street side) 0 feet (interior side) 0 feet (facing alley) Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Flat roofs Staggered Mass / Modular
1-5-foot depth for every 15 feet @
ground level
1-foot depth for every 20 feet @
upper floors
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Artdeco (305 W Main St)
Contemporary (369 W Main St)
Geometric forms and details,
symmetrical building mass (305 W
Main St)
Arched openings, geometric shapes
(369 W Main St)
Building Type Typology
Horizontal simple block (305 W Main
St)
Podium with garage and commerial
at ground level and residential with
central courtyard (369 W Main St)
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Simple horziontal railing, fabric
awnings, and rounded corner
entrance
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Street facing, Horziontal arcade,
Double swing storefronts at street
level and sliding at balconies
3x4 fixed, vertical serial rythem (305
W Main St)
3x4 - 4x4 sliding, (369 W Main St)
Square openings for garage fresh air
intake, and 15-20 foot tall storefront
windows with grids
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Stucco and Reflective Tile, stucco
reveals, iron work
Red, grey, tan, and brown walls; blue
awnings; red and brown ironwork,
white windows and door frames
Flat roofs, parapet with no
ornimentation, simple cornice Concrete
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Vines growning on metal trellis Concrete walkways and driveway Planting at ground level Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Fabric awnings (305 W Main St)
Recessed balconies, arched
openings, curved corner facade (369
W Main St)
Material Changes at podium and
organized horizontally, Changes in
Plane due to balconies and upper
floors which are stepped back,
Proportions of Openings to Wall is
low
Large spans of Storefront, Arched
openings at entry, breeze way at
corner
Geometrical railing and grilles and
fabric awnings, Utlitiy Location at roof
Evaluation:

Strengths:

Landscaping frames paseo, open paseo into site. Storefronts at paseo are less framed Clear material transition base/middle/top
Four stories no setback
Transition into plaza
Weaknesses:

Bulkhead couldve been a more textured material. Overall stucco on ground floor is not too bad, because it has diferent shades and lines through it.

Roughly 100' wide simple box form on Main St is good, but 150' simple box form on 3rd St may be too long.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 73
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum 9 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project / District (circle one): Alhambra 5th and Main Specific Plan Street (for districts): West Main Street & South 4th Street & 5th Street City: Alhambra
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2012
Semi-private interior wall finish
improvments Good No Histrical Relevance
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
4 50- 55 ft.

Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
1 - 15 feet 1 ft (street side) 1 feet (interior side) 15 feet Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Hipped and Flat roofs Combination of Vertial and Box mass 1-foot depth for every 10 feet @
ground level
1 to 6-feet depth for every 10 feet @
upper floors
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Mediterranean
Arched openings, barrel roofing,
upper level balconies, heavy base,
emphasis on column, window, and
roof details
Building Type Typology
Semi-Podium with ground floor
commerical storefronts and
residential lobby entrances
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Corner entry, side plaza, landscape
buffer between street and sidewalk,
focal landscape features
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Commercial doors are Street Facing,
residential are facing courtyard, black
aluminum door / storefront frames
30"x48" hung windows, flush with
stucco surround trim, proportions are
small and similar throughout Garage openings with metal grille Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Stucco walls, course belt, cornice,
bracket details, surround trim
Multi-color, color focused on window
groups, different color for base Red clay tile, flat parapet roofs Scored concrete and pavers Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Potted plants and ground shrubs
Scored concrete and brick pavers at
courtyard Shrubs on dirt at side yards
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Metal canopies along sidewalks,
recessed and extended balconies,
metal awnings
Material change at the base stucco to
smooth concrete, Changes in Plane
at corners and at open plaza,
Proportions of Openings to Wall is
well balanced
Shopfront along the street sides,
Residnetial Lobby and covered porch
at courtyard, and at grade covered
parking in the rear
Prefabricated decorative fencing,
railing, and grilles, Utlitiy Location at
roof, No public seating, Courtyard
semi-private seating
General Notes:

North side, between 4th and 3rd Streets, Feels very bottom-heavy, No consistency between podium and upper levels,Lack of trim/changing material at balconies, Retail not inviting: lacks articulation, simple columns, low transparency, too dar.

Corner residential units need more transparency and exposure to both sides,Arcade dimension is too narrow 10 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project / District (circle one): Alhambra Regency Plaza Street (for districts): West Main Street & South 5th Street & 6th Street City: Alhambra
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2004 No improvements or renovations Good No Histrical Relevance Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
5 55-60 ft.

Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
0 to 20 feet 1 to 2 feet (street side) 1 to 3 feet (street side) 10 feet Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Gable & Flat roofs Staggered Mass / Modular
10-feet depth for every 10 to 20 feet
@ ground level
6-foot depth for every 10 feet @ 2nd
– 4th floors
1-foot depth for every 10 to 20 feet @
5th floor
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Contemporary
Geometric building forms,
symmetrical building mass,
emphasized grid system
Building Type Typology
Podium with commercial and garage
at ground level, residential and
amenities on top
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Arcade, breeze way, side and corner
plaza area, fixed seating, and metal
trellis structures
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Street Facing for commerical and
residnetial lobby, double doors for
commerical and sliding for balconies,
silver color, aluminum
3x5 and 5x5 sliding with fixed bottom,
flush with trim top, Proportion is
similar in height varies in width
Arched fixed upper window and
arched garage openings
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Stucco and tile wall finish, course belt
and Cornice
Multi-color with white, pink, and
brown walls, white trim, blue railing,
grilles and trellis
Flat parapet roof and staning seam
metal roof on gable, white cornice
and blue metal roof
Scored colored concrete, diamond
shape
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Focal planters at plaza, potted plants,
and ground level planting
Scored colored concrete with
decroative geometic design Planters at grade
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Horiztonal trim details on walls and
columns, covered arcade and open
plaza walkways, trellis structures, and
recessed balconies
Material Changes at bulkhead level,
Changes in Plane at plaza and
openings, Proportions of Openings to
Wall are well-balanced
Shopfront along sidwalks and facing
the plaza, residential lobby at arcade,
at grade parking located at the rear
Prefabricated fence and grilles for
garage, Utlitiy Location on the roof,
and public seating with canopy
Evaluation:

Strengths: Consistent use of shapes, between 5th and 6th St, color palette is pastels — of its time, planter buffer at the landscaping makes sense + outdoor dining (only uses that work)
Weaknesses:

Too much stepping back — overly complex, not needed along the whole block, reads as a four-story building, could have more awnings, colored or stamped concrete to differentiate the plaza from the sidewalk.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 74
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum 11 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project Solana/ Esperanza
1750 Fasana Rd
City: Duarte
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2020's New Good No
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
5 60'-65'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
5'-10' (landscaped) 0'-5' 0'-5' 20' / not clear
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Flat Boxy/ Vertical modulation Massing articulation with breaks, open space breaks along façade
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Contemporary/ Urban modern
Metal panel cladding, exposed
steel framing, large storefront
glazing
Building Type Typology
Podium Apartment
(Leasing/amenity at ground,
parking behind)
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features varied cladding textures, deep
entry recesses, retail-scale
glazing, balconies, Large Signage
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Commercial-grade glass double
doors at leasing office, other entry
to amentiy and courtyards along
street
Modern windows, flush and
recessed; some double and some
singular
Recessed balconies, no visible
skylights
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Metal siding, Cement Multi-color scheme (dark gray,
beige, burgundy red, black trim) Tar and gravel Concrete sidewalk, curb ramps, integrated tree wells Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Small street trees, structured
landscaping Concrete sidewalks, tree grates Decorative grasses, shrubs, small planters near entry
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Metal/wood vertical siding, large
glass lobby, balconies
Material/plane changes, offset
balconies, vertical massing
breaks
Lobby Large signage, directional
signage to parking
Evaluation:

Strengths:

Clear and even distribution of building block widths, consistent use of steel/industrial aesthetic, massing is broken up at an appropriate rhythm, clear horizontal datum and window organization, emphasized building corners with stark colors and corner balconies, wraparound human-scale canopy at corners, complementary and well-coordinated color and materials palette, large freeway sign hides parking, ground-floor open spaces on some frontages, sufficient landscape buffer between private patios and sidewalk.

Weaknesses:

Building crown lacks roofline breaks or modulation, individual unit entries at ground level lack articulation and character, frontages are dominated by solid privacy walls, unclear how frontage types were incorporated, overall building height lacks variation. 12 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project
1413 Huntington Dr
City: Duarte
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2000's New Good No
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
4 45'-55'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
5'-8' 0'-5' 0'-5' 15'-20'
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Flat Boxy 60' break
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Contemporary
Brick/stucco contrast, symmetrical
facade, defined window framing,
cornice details
Building Type Typology
Podium (mixed-use or multi-family
over parking)
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Tall street-level retail windows,
balconies, pedestrian-friendly
entrance, vertical brick columns
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Street-facing glass entries (retail) Repetitive double-hung style, flush Balconies on 2nd & 3rd floors Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Stucco and brick Multi-color (tan, olive green,
brown) Tar and gravel sidewalk, curb planters
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Street trees in grates Concrete sidewalks, curb planters Small planting beds (minimal) Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Brick columns, balconies, defined
window cornices
Material changes, plane shifts at
balconies, color banding Shopfront podium parking access off main street
Evaluation:

Strengths:

Use of decorative paving materials to highlight plazas and commercial frontage, Use of multiple materials that are durable, Variation of metal canopies over storefronts that are human scale and consistent with the overall building character. Use of cornice or crown details that create horizontal breaks in the building mass while adding detail to the façade.

Horizontal articulation/modules are OK, plaza is a good size and user-friendly with a central public art element, commercial and parking entrances are clearly indicated, lacks upper-floor modulation and roofline variation Weaknesses:

Lack of depth and little definition defined by recessed openings and building façade modulation.

Parking garage entrance takes up a lot of usable storefront space. Parking garage should be located on the secondary or tertiary frontage.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 75
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum 13 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project
1200 Olivia Court
City: Duarte
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2010's New Good No
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
3 35'-45'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
15' 0'-5' 0'-5'
20'? ( measured on google maps,
could be less just built to 20' for car
access)
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Gable Euclidean with projections Breaks for courtyard and garage on lot
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Mediterranean / Spanish Revival
Red tile roof, arched entryway,
stucco walls, shuttered windows,
simple ornamentation
Building Type Typology
Walk-Up Townhomes
(Garages Below)
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Repetitive gable roofs, decorative
shutters, entry arches, stucco
cladding, private garage entries
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Residential-scale entry doors,
garage doors
Multi-pane horizontal windows;
some projecting bay windows;
small punched windows
Small arched entry recess; no
balconies or skylights visible
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Smooth stucco exterior Cream / beige with darker accents Red clay tile Paver driveways, concrete sidewalk, garage access
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Formal entry landscaping with
hedges and sign Paver driveway, concrete sidewalk Shrubs, groundcover, small trees, flowering beds
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Arched entry, window shutters,
projecting bays
Roof projections, bay windows,
recessed entries at grade entry Neighborhood signage (OLIVA), minimal fencing
Evaluation:

Strengths:

Provides window details consistent with selected architectural style, pop-outs create depth and break up building mass, pop-outs compatible with Spanish architecture, well-distributed elements like iron grilles, awnings, shutters, and attic vents, sufficient landscape and setback buffer at ground-level patios, decorative paving at driveway and walkways, craftsmanship elements and accent points at building corners, consistent application of architectural style, good stoop frontage with landscaping transition, muted earth tones with contrasting trim, variation in modules adds interest, proportional shutters complement window scale, gutters and downspouts used as intentional visual elements Weaknesses:

Window color, materials, and grid style are inconsistent with the overall palette, window grid style lacks definition and does not reflect true divided lights 14 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project
70 Esperanza Ave
City: Sierra Madre
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2000's Landscaping Improvements, Most
likely painted
Good, building and landscaping
well maintained no
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
3 30'-35'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
20' 5'-10' 5'-10' 5'-10'
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Gable/Hipped Boxy Breaks in massing across unit
sections
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Contemporary Traditional Stone detatils, white trim, gabled roofs, covered entries, lodge like
Building Type Typology
Multifamily/ Townhome
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Covered entryway, stone veneer,
balconies, well landscaped.

Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Glass paneled double door faces
drive way loop for lobby, Streetfacing, wood for townhomesFlush, multi-pane windows. Balconies Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Stucco, Stone Veneer, Wood
Trim Shades of olives and green Shingle
Concrete sidewalks, Walkways,
Driveways/ drive loop, drive
pavers, Stone Veneer
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Hedges, Trees, bushes
Walkways, Stone along column
bases, Stone Veneer wall at
driveway
Lawn, flower beds, planter areas
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Covered entries, balconies, varied
windows
Variations in massing, recessed
balconies, contrast in materials,
trim color, plane shifts, Town
homes use projections nicely
Lobby Subterranean parking access
from west
Evaluation:

Strengthen:

Building staggers or steps back to reduce overall scale from the public right-of-way, appropriate building details for style such as course belt trim, recessed windows, wide overhangs, and exposed structural beams, use of multiple materials such as stone, stucco, and wood appropriate for the style, large covered porch emphasizes building entry, stepbacks attempt to reduce perceived massing, project includes elements that reference style despite varied surrounding context
Weaknessses:
overall building scale feels oversized relative to neighborhood, stepbacks only partially effective in reducing massing, porte-cochere creates an inactive and unengaging frontage, project exceeds low-rise character of surrounding area, front setback is too deep and weakens relationship to street, lacks a clear frontage type to primary building entry for pedestrians CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 76
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum 15 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project
405 Mariposa Ave
City: Sierra Madre
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance Not Clear Not sure if improved or just
maintained.

Good, building and landscaping
well maintained no
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
2 25'-30'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
10'-15' 5'-10' 5'-10' 15'
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Gable/Hipped Boxy/ Euclidean Yes
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Spanish Colonial / Ranch Style Arches, Clay tile roofs, stucco walls
Building Type Typology
Multifamily
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Arched porch, decorative tiled
stairs, balconies, varied
landscaping
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
Arched wood door Flush, Symmetrical Balconies
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Stucco Off-white or cream Clay tile ADA Ramps, Concrete sidewalks, Walkways, Steps, Driveways
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Hedges, Trees, courtyard Brick/Tiled Paths, Decomposed
Granite, Ramp
Trees, shrubs, planters, flowering
plants
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Arcade walkways, corner feature,
awnings, courtyard
Recessed arches, varied wall
planes, symmetry with small
shifts
Porch/Stoop Driveway access with gate to the
west.

Evaluation:

Strengthen:

Appropriately scaled for the neighborhood, building features consistent with Spanish style such as decorative railings, stone door trim, and exposed rafter tails, significant setback with ample landscaping between patios and sidewalk, decorative paving at driveway and walkways, multifamily building appears like single-family which integrates into the neighborhood, well-articulated massing, strong frontage appeal that engages the street, well-maintained landscaping enhances curb presence, integrated ramp and stair access, authentic Spanish elements like archways and tiled roofs Weaknesses:

Lacks a clear frontage type to private units or common space such as a stoop or defined entry feature 16 ODS FIELDWORK CHECKLIST
The intention of this document is to capture prevalent and community defining architectural features to align with upcoming design standards.

Attach photos for important features.

Project
245 W Sierra Madre Blvd
City: Sierra Madre
Immediate Observations Approximate Age of Building Improvements / Renovations Overall Condition Historical Relevance 2010's Not sure if improved or just
maintained.

Good, building and landscaping
well maintained no
Height Number of Stories Estimated Height
2 25'-30'
Setbacks Front Side Side Rear
10' 10' 10' 10'
Building Form Roof Geometry Overall Geometry Building Breaks Gable/Hipped Boxy/ Horizontal yes, courtyard
Architectural Style Clearly Discernible Style Primary Features Associated With Style Spanish Colonial / Ranch Style Arches, Clay tile roofs, stucco walls
Building Type Typology
Mixed Use / Senior Living
Defining Characteristics Primary Street Facing Features Covered arcade, signage,
awnings, corner tower, balconies,
iron railings, decorative tile
Fenestration and Openings Doors Windows Other Openings
White framed, glazed, double Multi-pane, flush with stucco, white trim not clear
Material Wall Color Roof Hardscape
Stucco Off-white or cream Clay tile ADA Ramps, Concrete sidewalks, Walkways, Steps, Driveways
Landscape Features Primary Features Hardscape Features Softscape Features Hedges, Trees, courtyard Concrete paths, driveways,
Steps, Walkways
Trees, shrubs, planters, flowering
plants
Primary Elevation Primary Features Articulation Frontage Type Other Arcade walkways, corner feature,
awnings, courtyard
Inset windows, color breaks,
plane changes Gallery, Porch
Evaluation:

Strenghten:

Well-balanced breaks in the roofline and roof modulation, sufficient level of detail to window trim and grouping, usable and semi-private arcade that is visually appropriate and provides screening, appropriately screened utilities and equipment using planting or low walls, good level of detail with appropriate use of Spanish Colonial style, well-executed arcade helps conceal building depth and massing, open space along frontage breaks up façade length, effective use of landscaping and fencing to define open spaces while maintaining privacy, standpipes are well screened with landscaping and low walls Weaknesses:

Railing lacks decoration consistent with Spanish style, window grilles lack depth and definition due to grids being located between the glass rather than on the exterior, window depth is lacking and could benefit from more shadow and articulation CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 77
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Exhibit F
Successful Projects that Exemplify
Specific Objective Design Standards
(Include name of project, full project
address)
Objective Design Standards this Project Exemplifies
(Include explanation of why the project is successful, for each identified design standard) Link to picture examples of successful projects 801 East Main Housing Project
Site Planning and Access - locating vehicular access
along the non-major high-traffic streets, locating open common spaces at the corners of the site to maximize
human interaction and clear visuals to site amenities,
provided covered entries to each unit, creating
connectivity for pedestrians where openings or voids
along the building facade occur and invite patrons to
separate spaces on the project. Building Modulation &
Articulation - buildings present balconies (covered and uncovered) that create relief and breaks in the building mass, presents various openings, decorative railing and notches, awnings, and corbels that articulates the facade, and is designed at a lower human scale along the public sidewalk with 1 - 1 1/2 stories or setback from the
property line with well-design landscaping buffer.
801-817 East Main Street and 17-25 North Granada
Avenue | Alhambra, CA
49 dwelling units ranging in size from 2 to 4
bedrooms. As required by the State Housing Element
Law, the City rezoned the project site to allow
residential development as a use by-right for projects
that dedicate at least 20% of their total units as
affordable to lower income households
Mariposa Affordable Housing Development
Materials, Finishes, and Color - the building provides at least 3 different wall cladding materials or colors such as brick and siding panels of various colors. Focusing
heavier materials at the base of the building creating a logical foundation and changing siding colors where
modulation occurs on the upper floors. Finishes are
authentic with a natural appearance and texture. Parking structure - location of at grade parking is oriented
towards a parking lot and alley, and away from the main thoroughfare. Parking structure is integrated into the
overall design and introduces a series of focus planting at columns. Mariposa Affordable Housing Development | Alhambra, CA A mix of 1- and 2- bedroom units for a total of 40
units in a 5-story building with on-site support
services
Monterey Bay Square
Entries – location of residential entries are more private in nature with potted landscaping, isolated canopy,
signage, and transparent. Verses retail and restaurant
entrances which are presented with larger storefronts,
cohesive overhang/awning, thickened bulkhead and
columns that create a durable foundation along a high
pedestrian traffic area. Parking Structures – present a panelized system on the exterior façade that screens
parking while adding an architectural element to the
elevation. These perforated panels provide shade to the interior of the parking structure and create a visual appeal through lighting. Monterey Bay Square | Alhambra, CA
A mixed-use residential and commercial center that
consists of ground-floor retail and restaurant, and five floors of condominium residential units (62 units total) above. There will also be a second building
consisting of a 7-level parking structure with a ground floor restaurant unit. (built)
123 South Marguerita Ave
Building Modulation and Articulation – presents a
combination of roof forms at different heights that is
compatible with its architectural style. Roof supports / brackets are well-detailed and consistent throughout.

Upper stories are setbacks to create a more human scale design with a differentiation in design among each story.

Materials, Finishes, and Color – At least 3 different
materials are used on the project including stone, lap
siding, and stucco with complementary colors. Materials are logically organized where stone is focused along the base of the building, and siding and stucco are welldistributed throughout. 123 South Marguerita Avenue | Alhambra, CA A three-story, four-unit apartment complex. The
complex is configured as a duplex, and features
landscaping, and communal space in the form of
common open space. The Craftsman style
architecture can be seen in the Hardie-siding, roof
brackets, shaped rafter tails and hung windows.

Solana (Duarte), 1750 Fasana Rd, Duarte,
CA 91010
Architectural Elements - roof lines broken at regular
intervals, balcony materials are consistent with the
architectural style, freeway visible signage
Articulation - four-sided architecture, difference in
materials from first two floors to upper floors, recessed balconies at top of building
Architectural Corner Element - red color at corner
Materials - balconies look to be steel or metal, Roof
materials complement the materials and colors of the
façades, color are varied across facade, standing seam
metal at the key corner helps the entry stand out.

Open Space Amenities - open space includes BBQ
grills, pizza oven, fire pit, dog park, pool jacuzi, gathering space, private phone call rooms, business room
https://www.solanaduarte.com/gallery/
Exhibit F
Successful Projects that Exemplify
Specific Objective Design Standards
(Include name of project, full project
address)
Objective Design Standards this Project Exemplifies
(Include explanation of why the project is successful, for each identified design standard) Link to picture examples of successful projects Paragon at Old Town Apartments, 700 S
Myrtle Ave, Monrovia, CA 91016
Base/Middle/Top - use of brick material and horizontal
datum to distinguish retail ground floor from upper
residential floors
Building Breaks - pedestrian courtyards off the side
streets are 50' deep building setbacks off the street (not full breaks)
Architectural Corner Elements - pedestrian courtyard
at corner, floating corner element at south corner on
myrtle (3D architectural element)
Materials - in some places ground floor materials/color differentiation between ground floor v upper floors,
awnings along Myrtle street frontage, podium parking
materials match some sides of the building, similar
color/materials as development to northeast
Design of Parking/Elements to conceal parking
structure use - it looks like a apartment building (aka fake windows), however, it is clearly parking, landscaping around the parking podium, entrances located furthest
from the Myrtle intersection
https://www.paragonatoldtown.
com/apartments/ca/monrovia/photo-gallery
Avalon Monrovia, 825 S Myrtle Ave,
Monrovia, CA 91016
Building Form - 360 degree design, the inset balconies
reduce bulk/massing
Materials and Colors - very monolithic white to light
cream; white brick material used along the corner and
also along the ground floor, but not the entire ground
floor, smooth texture on all other surfaces of building, balconies seem to be steel/metal, some of the balconies have awnings that aren't fabric, parking podium looks
semi-similar to the building in color
Entries - Corner entrance is most prominent, with high
transparency and tower.

Stepbacks - fronting on Myrtle the top floor is
stepbacked off the street, matching Paragon to north
Colorado Blvd/Primrose Ave NE Corner
(Monrovia), 151 W Colorado Blvd,
Monrovia, CA 91016
Frontage Types - frontyard/porch type, accomodated in
a variety of ways in both the block-scale and house-scale portions of the development
Large site designed as two separate developments
Articulation - Western townhomes designed as
individually distinguished row homes (e.g. San Francisco) New Development North of APU citrus
college station (The Promenade), 839
Orchid Way, Azusa, CA 91702
Public Realm/Landscaping - An entire townhome
development formed around a central traffic circle and
boulevards with landscaped paths/medians
Architectural Style - Seems like the townhomes follow a Spanish colonial architectural style. Materials include brick at the ground floor level of some of the buildings, smooth white, cream, yellow, light brown color, medium
brown accents. Mission bell type lights. Small variations between buildings and larger variations between blocks
to avoid extreme monotony.

Areum Monrovia
An interesting shape for the development, a triangle
Wrap development/hidden parking
large green space setback from santa anita wash with
dog spaces and a pool
Citrus Walk, 137 E. Italia Street, Covina,
CA 91723
Frontage Type (yard?) - Seems there are ground floor
porches fenced in along Italia St, and there are also
individual entrances linked to these porches. These
porches are flat to the ground.

Material and Color - Colors in the development are
orange, blue, green, grey. Articulation highlights
individual units.

Building Type (live/work) - Rowhouses, but The corner
townhome has a rear facing balcony, and this townhome
also features a ground floor commercial use. Also the
townhomes fronting on Citrus Ave have ground floor
commercial uses, and inset balconies.

Citrus Village (City Ventures), 1009 N
Citrus Ave, Covina, CA 91722
Pedestrian Connectivity - Stone material to slow traffic at entry, pedestrian connection to central green space
Frontage (patio) - There are walled in no-step patios at the ground floor level fronting on Citrus Ave. These patios lead to individual unit entries.

CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 78
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Exhibit F
Successful Projects that Exemplify
Specific Objective Design Standards
(Include name of project, full project
address)
Objective Design Standards this Project Exemplifies
(Include explanation of why the project is successful, for each identified design standard) Link to picture examples of successful projects Monterey Station Apartments, 120 N Garey
Ave, Pomona, CA 91767
Material and Color - Colors are lime, white, light brown, dark brown, dark grey/navy. Along Garey Ave, brick
material along 2nd and 3rd stories, smooth white texture on ground floor, metal siding texture at fourth floor.

Corner - No corner element architecturally, but there is public art.
80 North Raymond Condominiums, 80 N
Raymond Ave, Pasadena, CA 91103 Parking mimics building detail Marv's Place, 143 Mar Vista Ave,
Pasadena, CA 91106 Residential yard frontage in multifamily Mission Meridian Village, 727-809 Meridian
Ave, South Pasadena, CA 91030
Large Site - breaks up large site into two separately
designed projects, and residential site into smaller-scaled buildings
Building Orientation - buildings oriented to maximize
spaces and views from street, house-scale view
Architectural Style - Craftsman style townhomes
transitions to single family neighborhood
Frontage - porch frontage and vertical separation from
street provide privacy
Park View, 645 E Union St, Pasadena, CA
91101
Material and Color - coherent application of Spanish
architectural style, white stucco, blue trim, terra cotta roof, and cream balcony pilasters
Trio Apartments, 44 N Madison Ave,
Pasadena, CA 91101
Corner - corner open space/dining gesture with tower
and public art at top
Stepback - horizontal datum and stepback from street
frontage at top floor delineates top of building
Open Space - penetrable public open space
Exhibit F
Successful Projects that Exemplify
Specific Objective Design Standards
(Include name of project, full project
address)
Objective Design Standards this Project Exemplifies
(Include explanation of why the project is successful, for each identified design standard) Link to picture examples of successful projects Image of Project 801 East Main Housing Project
Site Planning and Access - locating vehicular access
along the non-major high-traffic streets, locating open common spaces at the corners of the site to maximize
human interaction and clear visuals to site amenities,
provided covered entries to each unit, creating
connectivity for pedestrians where openings or voids
along the building facade occur and invite patrons to
separate spaces on the project. Building Modulation &
Articulation - buildings present balconies (covered and uncovered) that create relief and breaks in the building mass, presents various openings, decorative railing and notches, awnings, and corbels that articulates the facade, and is designed at a lower human scale along the public sidewalk with 1 - 1 1/2 stories or setback from the
property line with well-design landscaping buffer.
801-817 East Main Street and 17-25 North Granada
Avenue | Alhambra, CA
49 dwelling units ranging in size from 2 to 4
bedrooms. As required by the State Housing Element
Law, the City rezoned the project site to allow
residential development as a use by-right for projects
that dedicate at least 20% of their total units as
affordable to lower income households
Mariposa Affordable Housing Development
Materials, Finishes, and Color - the building provides at least 3 different wall cladding materials or colors such as brick and siding panels of various colors. Focusing
heavier materials at the base of the building creating a logical foundation and changing siding colors where
modulation occurs on the upper floors. Finishes are
authentic with a natural appearance and texture. Parking structure - location of at grade parking is oriented
towards a parking lot and alley, and away from the main thoroughfare. Parking structure is integrated into the
overall design and introduces a series of focus planting at columns. Mariposa Affordable Housing Development | Alhambra, CA A mix of 1- and 2- bedroom units for a total of 40
units in a 5-story building with on-site support
services
Monterey Bay Square
Entries – location of residential entries are more private in nature with potted landscaping, isolated canopy,
signage, and transparent. Verses retail and restaurant
entrances which are presented with larger storefronts,
cohesive overhang/awning, thickened bulkhead and
columns that create a durable foundation along a high
pedestrian traffic area. Parking Structures – present a panelized system on the exterior façade that screens
parking while adding an architectural element to the
elevation. These perforated panels provide shade to the interior of the parking structure and create a visual appeal through lighting. Monterey Bay Square | Alhambra, CA
A mixed-use residential and commercial center that
consists of ground-floor retail and restaurant, and five floors of condominium residential units (62 units total) above. There will also be a second building
consisting of a 7-level parking structure with a ground floor restaurant unit. (built)
123 South Marguerita Ave
Building Modulation and Articulation – presents a
combination of roof forms at different heights that is
compatible with its architectural style. Roof supports / brackets are well-detailed and consistent throughout.

Upper stories are setbacks to create a more human scale design with a differentiation in design among each story.

Open Space Amenities - open space includes BBQ
grills, pizza oven, fire pit, dog park, pool jacuzi, gathering space, private phone call rooms, business room
https://www.solanaduarte.com/gallery/
Paragon at Old Town Apartments, 700 S
Myrtle Ave, Monrovia, CA 91016
Base/Middle/Top - use of brick material and horizontal
datum to distinguish retail ground floor from upper
residential floors
Building Breaks - pedestrian courtyards off the side
streets are 50' deep building setbacks off the street (not full breaks)
Architectural Corner Elements - pedestrian courtyard
at corner, floating corner element at south corner on
myrtle (3D architectural element)
Materials - in some places ground floor materials/color differentiation between ground floor v upper floors,
awnings along Myrtle street frontage, podium parking
materials match some sides of the building, similar
color/materials as development to northeast
Design of Parking/Elements to conceal parking
structure use - it looks like a apartment building (aka fake windows), however, it is clearly parking, landscaping around the parking podium, entrances located furthest
from the Myrtle intersection
https://www.paragonatoldtown.
com/apartments/ca/monrovia/photo-gallery
Avalon Monrovia, 825 S Myrtle Ave,
Monrovia, CA 91016
Building Form - 360 degree design, the inset balconies
reduce bulk/massing
Materials and Colors - very monolithic white to light
cream; white brick material used along the corner and
also along the ground floor, but not the entire ground
floor, smooth texture on all other surfaces of building, balconies seem to be steel/metal, some of the balconies have awnings that aren't fabric, parking podium looks
semi-similar to the building in color
Entries - Corner entrance is most prominent, with high
transparency and tower.

Stepbacks - fronting on Myrtle the top floor is
stepbacked off the street, matching Paragon to north
CITY OF LA PUENTE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS 79
Appendix E: SGVCOG Regional Objective Design Standards Research Memorandum Exhibit F
Successful Projects that Exemplify
Specific Objective Design Standards
(Include name of project, full project
address)
Objective Design Standards this Project Exemplifies
(Include explanation of why the project is successful, for each identified design standard) Link to picture examples of successful projects Image of Project Colorado Blvd/Primrose Ave NE Corner
(Monrovia), 151 W Colorado Blvd,
Monrovia, CA 91016
Frontage Types - frontyard/porch type, accomodated in
a variety of ways in both the block-scale and house-scale portions of the development
Large site designed as two separate developments
Articulation - Western townhomes designed as
individually distinguished row homes (e.g. San Francisco) New Development North of APU citrus
college station (The Promenade), 839
Orchid Way, Azusa, CA 91702
Public Realm/Landscaping - An entire townhome
development formed around a central traffic circle and
boulevards with landscaped paths/medians
Architectural Style - Seems like the townhomes follow a Spanish colonial architectural style. Materials include brick at the ground floor level of some of the buildings, smooth white, cream, yellow, light brown color, medium
brown accents. Mission bell type lights. Small variations between buildings and larger variations between blocks
to avoid extreme monotony.

Material and Color - Colors in the development are
orange, blue, green, grey. Articulation highlights
individual units.

Monterey Station Apartments, 120 N Garey
Ave, Pomona, CA 91767
Material and Color - Colors are lime, white, light brown, dark brown, dark grey/navy. Along Garey Ave, brick
material along 2nd and 3rd stories, smooth white texture on ground floor, metal siding texture at fourth floor.

All images and graphics not identified in this list are the property of either The Arroyo Group of ONYX
Architects.

Page 2 ends

La Puente City CouncilJuly 14, 2026

La Puente City Council
July 14, 2026